1 #LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
48 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
49 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
51 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
53 \options intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
54 \use_default_options false
55 \maintain_unincluded_children false
57 \language_package default
62 \font_typewriter default
63 \font_default_family default
64 \use_non_tex_fonts false
71 \default_output_format default
73 \bibtex_command default
74 \index_command default
78 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
79 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
83 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
84 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
85 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
90 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
91 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
101 \paperorientation portrait
104 \notefontcolor #0000ff
121 \paragraph_separation indent
122 \paragraph_indentation default
123 \quotes_language english
126 \paperpagestyle default
127 \tracking_changes true
128 \output_changes false
132 \author -712698321 "Jürgen Spitzmüller"
134 \author 1607599024 "Richard Heck" rgheck@comcast.net
148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
150 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
152 \begin_inset CommandInset href
154 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
165 \begin_inset Newline newline
169 \begin_inset Newline newline
173 \begin_inset Note Note
176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
177 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
178 \begin_inset Newline newline
183 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
191 \begin_layout Standard
192 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
193 LatexCommand tableofcontents
200 \begin_layout Chapter
204 \begin_layout Section
208 \begin_layout Standard
209 LyX is a document preparation system.
210 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
211 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
212 It is unlike most other
213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
220 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
222 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
235 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
238 pt type, left justified, 5
239 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
247 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
251 \begin_layout Standard
252 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
265 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
269 \begin_layout Standard
271 \begin_inset Quotes eld
279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
282 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
283 the format of all of the manuals.
284 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
285 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
302 \begin_layout Section
306 \begin_layout Standard
307 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
309 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
310 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
314 \begin_layout Standard
315 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
316 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
317 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
319 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
320 only a vertical scrollbar.
321 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
322 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
323 This, however, is due
324 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
325 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
326 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
327 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
329 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
330 this doesn't work for equations yet.
333 \begin_layout Standard
334 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
340 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
342 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
347 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
348 ing sections of this documentation.
351 \begin_layout Section
355 \begin_layout Standard
356 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
361 of the manuals from inside LyX.
362 Just select the manual you want read from the
369 \begin_layout Section
371 \begin_inset CommandInset label
373 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
380 \begin_layout Standard
381 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
382 without resorting to configuration files.
383 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
384 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
385 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
390 \begin_inset Index idx
393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
400 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
401 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
402 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
406 \begin_inset space \space{}
409 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
410 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
412 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
416 \begin_inset Index idx
419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
420 Reconfiguration of LyX
425 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
428 \begin_layout Section
430 \begin_inset CommandInset label
432 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
439 \begin_layout Standard
440 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
441 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
443 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
444 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
448 \begin_layout Standard
449 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
451 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
452 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
455 \begin_layout Standard
456 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
457 you can view from the menu
459 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
478 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
479 reconfigure LyX (menu
481 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
485 \begin_inset Note Note
488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
489 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
494 \begin_inset Quotes erd
497 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
498 More about TeX Code is described in section
503 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
505 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
509 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
514 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
516 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
526 \begin_inset Index idx
529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
530 Reconfiguration of LyX
535 See section 5.1 of the
539 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
542 \begin_layout Chapter
546 \begin_layout Section
547 Basic File Operations
548 \begin_inset Index idx
551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
560 \begin_layout Standard
565 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
566 in addition to some more advanced operations:
569 \begin_layout Itemize
581 \begin_layout Itemize
599 \begin_layout Itemize
611 \begin_layout Itemize
617 \begin_layout Itemize
629 \begin_layout Itemize
639 \begin_layout Itemize
653 \begin_layout Itemize
663 \begin_layout Itemize
669 \begin_layout Itemize
675 \begin_layout Itemize
681 arg "dialog-show print"
687 \begin_layout Itemize
693 \begin_layout Standard
694 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
695 a few minor differences.
698 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
713 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
714 you for a template to use.
715 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
716 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
717 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
723 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
725 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
732 \begin_layout Standard
733 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
765 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
766 space is just that — a big, blank space.
774 \begin_layout Standard
795 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
800 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
825 will reload the document from disk.
826 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
827 and want to restore it to the last save.
836 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
837 can identify them as your changes.
840 \begin_layout Section
841 Basic Editing Features
842 \begin_inset Index idx
845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
852 \begin_inset CommandInset label
854 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
861 \begin_layout Standard
862 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
863 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
864 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
865 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
867 We'll start with cut and paste.
870 \begin_layout Standard
871 As you might expect, the
875 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
876 various other editing features.
877 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
881 \begin_layout Itemize
895 \begin_layout Itemize
909 \begin_layout Itemize
923 \begin_layout Itemize
933 \begin_layout Itemize
943 \begin_layout Itemize
959 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
965 \begin_layout Standard
966 The first three are self-explanatory.
967 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
968 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
977 keys also function as the
982 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
983 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
988 to get back the lost text.
991 \begin_layout Standard
992 \begin_inset Index idx
995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1001 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1005 \begin_inset space ~
1010 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1013 \begin_layout Standard
1016 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1018 \begin_inset space ~
1021 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1023 \begin_inset space ~
1027 \begin_inset space ~
1032 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1038 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1042 \begin_inset space ~
1047 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1048 will start a new paragraph.
1051 \begin_layout Standard
1052 \begin_inset Index idx
1055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1062 \begin_inset Index idx
1065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1073 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1075 \begin_inset space ~
1079 \begin_inset space ~
1087 \begin_inset space ~
1091 \begin_inset space ~
1097 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1102 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1105 \begin_inset space ~
1114 \begin_inset space ~
1119 button to skip the current word.
1123 \begin_inset space ~
1128 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1132 \begin_inset space ~
1137 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1139 If the toggle is set, searching for
1140 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1151 will not match the word
1152 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1160 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1166 Match whole words only
1168 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
1169 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1185 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1197 LyX offers also an advanced
1200 \begin_inset space ~
1204 \begin_inset space ~
1209 feature that is described in sec.
1210 \begin_inset space ~
1214 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1216 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1223 \begin_layout Standard
1224 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1225 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1227 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1232 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1239 \begin_layout Section
1241 \begin_inset Index idx
1244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1251 \begin_inset Index idx
1254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1261 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1263 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1270 \begin_layout Standard
1271 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1272 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1275 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1278 or the toolbar button
1284 to undo some mistake.
1285 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1287 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1290 or the toolbar button
1297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1304 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1305 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1308 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1311 \begin_layout Standard
1312 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1314 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1318 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1321 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1322 This is a consequence of the 100
1323 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1326 step undo limit, above.
1329 \begin_layout Standard
1338 work on almost everything in LyX.
1339 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1343 \begin_layout Section
1345 \begin_inset Index idx
1348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1357 \begin_layout Standard
1358 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1361 \begin_layout Enumerate
1366 \begin_layout Itemize
1371 once anywhere in the edit window.
1372 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1376 \begin_layout Enumerate
1381 \begin_layout Itemize
1387 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1390 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1393 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1396 \begin_layout Itemize
1397 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1399 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1406 \begin_layout Enumerate
1407 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1411 \begin_layout Standard
1412 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1413 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1417 \begin_layout Enumerate
1422 \begin_layout Standard
1427 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1432 \begin_layout Section
1434 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1436 name "sec:Navigating"
1441 \begin_inset Index idx
1444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1453 \begin_layout Standard
1454 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1457 \begin_layout Itemize
1462 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1463 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1466 \begin_layout Itemize
1469 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1472 or the toolbar button
1475 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
1481 \begin_layout Standard
1482 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1483 (TOC) that is described in section
1484 \begin_inset space ~
1488 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1490 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1495 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1496 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1497 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1498 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1499 to the document, see section
1500 \begin_inset space ~
1504 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1506 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1515 option sorts the current list, and the
1519 option keeps it in the current view state.
1520 Keeping means that when you have e.
1521 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1525 \begin_inset space \space{}
1528 the subsections of section
1529 \begin_inset space ~
1532 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1533 \begin_inset space ~
1536 3, the subsections of section
1537 \begin_inset space ~
1540 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1545 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1546 \begin_inset space ~
1552 \begin_layout Standard
1554 \begin_inset space \space{}
1558 \begin_inset Graphics
1559 filename ../images/down.png
1561 groupId toolbarbuttons
1566 \begin_inset space ~
1570 \begin_inset space \space{}
1574 \begin_inset Graphics
1575 filename ../images/up.png
1577 groupId toolbarbuttons
1582 \begin_inset space ~
1585 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1587 So you can for example move section
1588 \begin_inset space ~
1592 \begin_inset space ~
1596 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1598 \begin_inset Graphics
1599 filename ../images/promote.png
1601 groupId toolbarbuttons
1606 \begin_inset Graphics
1607 filename ../images/demote.png
1609 groupId toolbarbuttons
1613 or the corresponding key bindings
1621 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1622 So you can for example make section
1623 \begin_inset space ~
1627 \begin_inset space ~
1631 \begin_inset space ~
1637 \begin_layout Standard
1641 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1644 jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1645 This is for example useful when you have a large document and navigated
1646 or scrolled to another document part to look for something, and want to
1647 go back to your last editing position.
1650 \begin_layout Section
1651 Input / Word Completion
1652 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1654 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1659 \begin_inset Index idx
1662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1669 \begin_inset Index idx
1672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1703 \begin_layout Standard
1704 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1706 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1707 is used to propose completions.
1710 \begin_layout Standard
1711 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1712 there are completions available.
1713 You can then press the
1717 key to use this completion.
1718 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1719 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1720 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1727 \begin_layout Standard
1728 In the preferences dialog, which is opened with the menu
1730 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1733 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1735 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1738 by deselecting the option
1745 Automatic inline completion
1747 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1748 To accept this proposal, use the
1757 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1758 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1760 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1764 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1766 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1773 \begin_layout Section
1775 \begin_inset Index idx
1778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1785 \begin_inset Index idx
1788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1817 \begin_inset Index idx
1820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1851 \begin_layout Standard
1852 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1853 LyX's default is CUA.
1856 \begin_layout Standard
1860 \begin_inset space ~
1868 \begin_inset space ~
1889 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1893 \begin_layout Labeling
1894 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1898 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1899 LatexCommand nomenclature
1901 description "Tabulator key"
1907 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1908 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1909 \begin_inset space ~
1913 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1915 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1920 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1922 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1926 , especially section
1927 \begin_inset space ~
1931 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1933 reference "sub:Lists"
1939 If you're still confused, look in the
1946 \begin_layout Labeling
1947 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1951 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1952 LatexCommand nomenclature
1954 description "Escape key"
1961 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1965 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1968 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1969 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1972 \begin_layout Labeling
1973 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1979 \begin_inset space ~
1983 \begin_inset space ~
1990 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1991 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1995 \begin_layout Standard
1996 There are three modifier keys:
1999 \begin_layout Labeling
2000 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2018 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2019 LatexCommand nomenclature
2021 description "Control key"
2025 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2026 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2030 \begin_layout Itemize
2039 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2042 \begin_layout Itemize
2051 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2054 \begin_layout Itemize
2063 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2067 \begin_layout Labeling
2068 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2086 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2087 LatexCommand nomenclature
2089 description "Shift key"
2093 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2094 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2097 \begin_layout Labeling
2098 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2104 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2112 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2116 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2117 LatexCommand nomenclature
2119 description "Alt or Meta key"
2123 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2124 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2125 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2131 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2133 menu accelerator keys
2136 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2137 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2141 \begin_layout Standard
2142 For example, the sequence
2143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2149 \begin_inset space ~
2153 \begin_inset space ~
2159 \begin_inset space ~
2167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2186 \begin_inset space ~
2192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2202 \begin_layout Standard
2207 manual lists all other things bound to the
2215 \begin_layout Standard
2216 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2217 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2218 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2219 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2220 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2221 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2222 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2223 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2224 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2239 followed by a capital
2246 \begin_layout Standard
2247 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2249 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2254 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2257 as explained in sec.
2258 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2262 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2264 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2271 \begin_layout Chapter
2273 \begin_inset Index idx
2276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2285 \begin_layout Section
2287 \begin_inset Index idx
2290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2299 \begin_layout Subsection
2303 \begin_layout Standard
2304 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2305 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2306 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2307 numbering schemes, and so on.
2308 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2309 and format the title of your document differently.
2312 \begin_layout Standard
2317 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2318 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2319 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2320 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2321 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2324 \begin_layout Standard
2325 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2326 how to adjust their properties.
2329 \begin_layout Subsection
2331 \begin_inset Index idx
2334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2341 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2343 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2350 \begin_layout Standard
2351 You can select a class using the
2353 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2354 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2358 \begin_inset Index idx
2361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2368 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2372 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2376 \begin_layout Standard
2377 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2381 \begin_layout Description
2382 Article for basic articles
2385 \begin_layout Description
2386 Report for basic reports
2389 \begin_layout Description
2390 Book for writing a book
2393 \begin_layout Description
2394 Letter for US-style letters
2397 \begin_layout Standard
2398 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2399 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2400 will include many of these.
2401 Here are some of the classes.
2402 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2404 Special Document Classes
2413 \begin_layout Description
2414 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2417 \begin_layout Description
2418 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2422 \begin_layout Description
2423 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2427 \begin_layout Description
2428 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2429 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2430 There are three article layouts available.
2431 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2432 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2433 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2434 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2436 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2439 sequential numbering
2440 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2443 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2444 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2445 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2446 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2449 \begin_layout Description
2450 Beamer Layout for presentations
2453 \begin_layout Description
2454 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2455 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2459 \begin_layout Description
2460 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2463 \begin_layout Description
2465 \begin_inset space ~
2468 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2471 \begin_layout Description
2472 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2475 \begin_layout Description
2476 Foils Used to make transparencies
2479 \begin_layout Description
2480 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2481 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2485 \begin_layout Description
2486 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2487 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2490 \begin_layout Description
2491 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2494 \begin_layout Description
2495 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2498 \begin_layout Description
2499 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2500 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2501 (Is used by this document.)
2504 \begin_layout Description
2505 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2508 \begin_layout Description
2509 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2512 \begin_layout Description
2517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2524 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2525 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2527 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2530 \begin_layout Description
2531 Slides Used to make transparencies
2534 \begin_layout Description
2536 \begin_inset space ~
2539 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2540 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2543 \begin_layout Description
2544 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2547 \begin_layout Standard
2548 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2550 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2556 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2557 of the document classes.
2560 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2564 \begin_layout Standard
2566 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953623
2567 New users are sometimes puzzled by the fact
2568 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953628
2569 You will probably find
2571 that many of the document classes listed under
2573 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2574 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2576 \begin_inset Index idx
2579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2588 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2592 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2597 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953653
2598 If you open a document that uses such a class, you will
2599 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953655
2600 Or they are surprised that, when they open e.
2601 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2605 \begin_inset space ~
2614 receive a warning saying that
2615 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953700
2616 there are files that are required to produce output that are not installed.
2618 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953702
2619 the document requires files that are not installed to produce output.
2623 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953709
2627 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953710
2630 that something is wrong.
2633 \begin_layout Standard
2635 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953717
2637 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953719
2641 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2642 and some of them, like
2646 , are highly specialized.
2648 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953729
2651 LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible, and
2652 it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing number.
2653 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2654 by some document class.
2655 There are just too many of them.
2656 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2659 \begin_layout Standard
2660 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2665 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2668 , you just need to install the appropriate package files.
2669 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2670 document class for a new file.
2671 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2676 Installing new LaTeX files
2677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2684 manual for information on how to install them.
2685 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2691 \begin_layout Standard
2692 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2693 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2695 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2696 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2697 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2699 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2702 \begin_inset space ~
2709 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2712 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2714 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2721 \begin_inset Index idx
2724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2733 \begin_layout Standard
2734 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2735 chosen document class.
2736 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2737 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2744 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2748 \begin_inset Index idx
2751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2758 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2762 \begin_layout Standard
2763 Some modules require LaTeX packages
2764 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953807
2765 or file format converters
2767 that are not always installed by default.
2768 LyX will warn you if you do not have
2769 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953817
2771 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953818
2775 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953887
2776 or converter, and it will tell you what exactly you are missing
2779 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2780 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2781 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing
2782 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953839
2784 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953843
2788 If you want to be able to produce output, then you need to install the
2790 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953855
2792 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953855
2795 and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2797 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2801 \begin_inset Index idx
2804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2805 Reconfiguration of LyX
2811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2814 Installing new LaTeX files
2815 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2822 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2825 \begin_layout Standard
2826 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2834 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2835 LyX will advise you about these things.
2843 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2847 \begin_layout Standard
2848 Each class has a default set of options.
2849 Here's a quick table describing them:
2852 \begin_layout Standard
2853 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2859 \begin_layout Standard
2861 \begin_inset Tabular
2862 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2863 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2864 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2865 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2866 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2867 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2868 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3322 \begin_layout Standard
3323 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3329 \begin_layout Standard
3330 You're probably also wondering what
3331 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3335 \begin_inset space ~
3339 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3343 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3344 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3349 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3354 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3364 headings, there are also
3372 headings, and so on.
3373 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3374 \begin_inset space ~
3378 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3380 reference "sub:Headings"
3387 \begin_layout Subsection
3389 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3391 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3396 \begin_inset Index idx
3399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3408 \begin_inset Index idx
3411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3420 \begin_layout Standard
3421 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3423 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3434 \begin_inset space ~
3439 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3441 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3442 to use for your document.
3443 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3447 \begin_layout Standard
3454 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3460 \begin_inset space ~
3465 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3466 You can choose between the following five options:
3469 \begin_layout Labeling
3470 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3475 Use default page style of current class.
3478 \begin_layout Labeling
3479 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3484 No page numbers or headings.
3487 \begin_layout Labeling
3488 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3496 \begin_layout Labeling
3497 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3502 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3503 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3504 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3507 \begin_layout Labeling
3508 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3513 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3519 \begin_inset Index idx
3522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3523 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3529 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3530 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3532 Check the documentation for the
3536 package for more details,
3537 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3546 \begin_layout Standard
3551 of paragraphs is described in section
3552 \begin_inset space ~
3556 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3558 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3565 \begin_layout Subsection
3566 Paper Size and Orientation
3567 \begin_inset Index idx
3570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3571 Document ! Paper size
3577 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3579 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3586 \begin_layout Standard
3587 You'll find the following options in the menu
3590 \begin_inset space ~
3595 of the dialog of the
3597 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3603 \begin_inset Index idx
3606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3615 \begin_layout Labeling
3616 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3620 \begin_inset space ~
3625 What size paper to print on.
3629 \begin_layout Itemize
3635 \begin_layout Itemize
3645 \begin_layout Itemize
3651 \begin_layout Itemize
3657 \begin_layout Itemize
3663 \begin_layout Itemize
3669 \begin_layout Itemize
3675 \begin_layout Labeling
3676 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3681 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3692 \begin_layout Labeling
3693 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3697 \begin_inset space ~
3702 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3703 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3706 \begin_layout Subsection
3708 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3715 \begin_inset Index idx
3718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3725 \begin_inset Index idx
3728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3737 \begin_layout Standard
3738 Paper margins are set in the menu
3740 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3744 \begin_inset Index idx
3747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3756 \begin_layout Standard
3757 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3758 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3759 the paper format and the font size into account.
3762 \begin_layout Subsection
3766 \begin_layout Standard
3767 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3772 That includes the paragraph environments.
3773 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3774 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3775 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3776 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3777 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3781 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3785 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3787 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3788 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3789 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3792 \begin_layout Section
3793 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3794 \begin_inset Index idx
3797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3798 Paragraph ! Indentation
3806 \begin_layout Subsection
3808 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3810 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3817 \begin_layout Standard
3818 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3819 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3822 \begin_layout Standard
3823 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3824 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3825 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3826 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3830 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3836 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3837 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3838 language than English.
3839 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3842 \begin_layout Standard
3843 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3844 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3846 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3847 LyX takes care of that.
3848 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3850 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3851 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3852 of a page, and so on.
3856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3857 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3862 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3863 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3867 of these pre-coded spacings.
3868 We'll explain more later.
3871 \begin_layout Subsection
3872 Paragraph Separation
3873 \begin_inset Index idx
3876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3877 Paragraph ! Separation
3885 \begin_layout Standard
3886 To separate paragraphs, select
3897 \begin_inset space ~
3904 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3908 \begin_inset Index idx
3911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3917 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3918 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3919 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3922 \begin_layout Standard
3932 \begin_layout Standard
3933 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3934 \begin_inset space ~
3938 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3940 reference "cap:Units"
3945 The default length is 30
3946 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3952 \begin_layout Subsection
3956 \begin_layout Standard
3957 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3960 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3962 \begin_inset space ~
3967 dialog and toggle the
3970 \begin_inset space ~
3975 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
3978 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
3982 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3983 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3987 \begin_layout Standard
3988 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3989 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3992 \begin_layout Subsection
3994 \begin_inset Index idx
3997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3998 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4006 \begin_layout Standard
4009 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4013 \begin_inset Index idx
4016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4025 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4028 \begin_inset space ~
4037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4038 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4043 \begin_inset Index idx
4046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4047 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4052 installed to use this feature.
4060 \begin_layout Section
4061 Paragraph Environments
4062 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4064 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4069 \begin_inset Index idx
4072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4073 Paragraph ! Environments
4079 \begin_inset Index idx
4082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4083 Paragraph environments|(
4091 \begin_layout Subsection
4095 \begin_layout Standard
4096 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4099 \begin_layout Standard
4118 \begin_inset Newline newline
4121 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4122 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4123 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4132 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4135 \begin_layout Standard
4136 A paragraph environment is simply a
4137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4144 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4145 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4146 scheme, labels, and so on.
4147 Additionally, you can
4148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4152 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4155 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4156 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4157 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4158 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4159 days of typewriters.
4160 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4162 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4165 \begin_layout Standard
4166 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4167 \begin_inset Graphics
4168 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4174 at the left end of the toolbar.
4175 LyX will change the environment of the
4179 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4180 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4181 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4185 \begin_layout Standard
4194 create a new paragraph using the
4198 paragraph environment.
4200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4204 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4207 because if you are in one of these environments:
4210 \begin_layout Itemize
4216 \begin_layout Itemize
4222 \begin_layout Itemize
4228 \begin_layout Itemize
4234 \begin_layout Itemize
4240 \begin_layout Itemize
4246 \begin_layout Itemize
4252 \begin_layout Standard
4253 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4257 , rather than resetting it to
4262 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4263 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4264 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4265 \begin_inset space ~
4269 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4271 reference "sec:Nesting"
4276 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4281 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4282 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4286 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4292 \begin_layout Subsection
4296 \begin_layout Standard
4297 The default paragraph environment is
4302 It creates a plain paragraph.
4303 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4304 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4305 this manual) are in the
4312 \begin_layout Standard
4313 You can nest a paragraph using the
4317 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4325 \begin_layout Subsection
4327 \begin_inset Index idx
4330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4339 \begin_layout Standard
4340 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4342 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4346 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4349 for thanks or contact information.
4350 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4351 page along with today's date.
4352 For other types of documents, the title
4353 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4357 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4360 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4364 \begin_layout Standard
4365 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4379 Here's how you use them:
4382 \begin_layout Itemize
4383 Put the title of your document in the
4390 \begin_layout Itemize
4391 Put the author name in the
4398 \begin_layout Itemize
4399 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4400 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4406 Note that using this environment is optional.
4407 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4408 If you don't want any date, add the line
4409 \begin_inset Newline newline
4419 \begin_inset Newline newline
4422 to the preamble of your document (menu
4424 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4430 \begin_layout Standard
4431 You can use footnotes to insert
4432 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4436 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4439 or contact information.
4442 \begin_layout Subsection
4444 \begin_inset Index idx
4447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4454 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4463 \begin_layout Standard
4464 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4465 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4468 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4470 \begin_inset Index idx
4473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4474 Section headings ! Numbered
4482 \begin_layout Standard
4483 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4487 \begin_layout Enumerate
4493 \begin_layout Enumerate
4499 \begin_layout Enumerate
4505 \begin_layout Enumerate
4511 \begin_layout Enumerate
4517 \begin_layout Enumerate
4523 \begin_layout Enumerate
4529 \begin_layout Standard
4530 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4531 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4532 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4535 \begin_layout Standard
4536 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4537 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4538 You group the book into chapters.
4539 LyX does similar grouping:
4542 \begin_layout Itemize
4547 is divided in either
4558 \begin_layout Itemize
4570 \begin_layout Itemize
4582 \begin_layout Itemize
4594 \begin_layout Itemize
4606 \begin_layout Itemize
4618 \begin_layout Standard
4619 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4627 Not all document types use the
4631 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4636 is the top-level heading.
4644 \begin_layout Standard
4649 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4650 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4652 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4654 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4658 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4664 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4666 \begin_inset Index idx
4669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4670 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4678 \begin_layout Standard
4679 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4683 \begin_layout Enumerate
4689 \begin_layout Enumerate
4695 \begin_layout Enumerate
4701 \begin_layout Enumerate
4707 \begin_layout Enumerate
4713 \begin_layout Standard
4715 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4722 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4723 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4724 table of contents, see section
4725 \begin_inset space ~
4729 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4738 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4739 Changing the Numbering
4740 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4742 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4749 \begin_layout Standard
4750 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4751 in the Table of Contents.
4752 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4754 Certain classes start with
4768 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4778 This is something you can change.
4781 \begin_layout Standard
4784 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4790 \begin_inset Index idx
4793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4804 \begin_inset space ~
4808 \begin_inset space ~
4813 you'll see two counters.
4818 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4820 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4824 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4825 Short Titles of Headings
4826 \begin_inset Index idx
4829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4830 Section headings ! Short titles
4836 \begin_inset Argument
4839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4846 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4848 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4855 \begin_layout Standard
4856 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4857 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4858 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4859 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4862 \begin_layout Standard
4863 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4864 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4865 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4866 To specify a short title, use the menu
4868 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4870 \begin_inset space ~
4876 This will insert a box labeled
4877 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4881 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4892 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4893 This also works for captions inside floats.
4896 \begin_layout Standard
4897 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4900 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4904 \begin_layout Standard
4905 The following information applies to all section headings:
4908 \begin_layout Itemize
4909 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4912 \begin_layout Itemize
4913 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4916 \begin_layout Itemize
4917 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4920 \begin_layout Itemize
4921 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4924 \begin_layout Subsection
4925 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4928 \begin_layout Standard
4929 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4943 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4944 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4945 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4946 the text they contain.
4947 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4955 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4958 \begin_layout Standard
4959 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4968 when you start a new paragraph.
4969 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4973 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4974 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4975 to change back to the
4979 environment yourself.
4982 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4992 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4999 \begin_inset Index idx
5002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5011 \begin_layout Standard
5012 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5013 time for the differences.
5022 are identical except for one difference:
5026 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5035 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5038 \begin_layout Standard
5039 Here's an example of the
5052 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5054 See – no indentation!
5058 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5059 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5060 the other paragraph.
5063 \begin_layout Standard
5064 Here's another example, this time in the
5071 \begin_layout Quotation
5077 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
5078 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5079 the first line, then
5083 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5087 you were quoting other text.
5090 \begin_layout Quotation
5091 Here's a new paragraph.
5092 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5093 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5096 \begin_layout Standard
5097 As the examples show,
5101 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5102 They should put quotes in the
5107 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5111 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5114 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5120 \begin_inset Index idx
5123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5132 \begin_inset Index idx
5135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5142 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5151 \begin_layout Standard
5156 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5162 \begin_inset Newline newline
5165 Which I did not rehearse!
5169 It could be much worse.
5170 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5172 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5173 indented a bit more than the first.
5174 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5180 \begin_inset Newline newline
5183 And make things look fine
5184 \begin_inset Newline newline
5190 arg "newline-insert newline"
5196 \begin_layout Standard
5201 does not indent both margins.
5202 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5203 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5210 arg "newline-insert newline"
5216 \begin_layout Subsection
5218 \begin_inset Index idx
5221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5228 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5237 \begin_layout Standard
5238 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5248 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5257 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5258 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5259 some general features of all four of them.
5262 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5266 \begin_layout Standard
5267 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5269 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5278 reset the environment to
5282 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5283 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5284 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5288 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5291 to break paragraphs.
5294 \begin_layout Standard
5295 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5296 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5298 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5299 you read all of section
5300 \begin_inset space ~
5304 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5306 reference "sec:Nesting"
5314 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5320 \begin_inset Index idx
5323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5330 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5339 \begin_layout Standard
5340 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5344 paragraph environment.
5345 It has the following properties:
5348 \begin_layout Itemize
5349 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5353 \begin_layout Itemize
5354 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5357 \begin_layout Itemize
5358 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5362 \begin_layout Itemize
5363 The items can have any length.
5364 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5365 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5372 \begin_layout Itemize
5377 environment inside another
5381 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5385 \begin_layout Itemize
5386 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5389 \begin_layout Itemize
5390 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5393 \begin_layout Itemize
5395 \begin_inset space ~
5399 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5401 reference "sec:Nesting"
5405 for a full explanation of nesting.
5409 \begin_layout Standard
5410 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5419 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5422 \begin_layout Standard
5423 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5424 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5427 \begin_layout Itemize
5428 The label for the first level
5432 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5436 \begin_layout Itemize
5437 The label for the second level is a dash.
5441 \begin_layout Itemize
5442 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5446 \begin_layout Itemize
5447 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5451 \begin_layout Itemize
5452 Back out to the third level.
5456 \begin_layout Itemize
5457 Back to the second level.
5461 \begin_layout Itemize
5462 Back to the outermost level.
5465 \begin_layout Standard
5466 These are the default labels for an
5471 You can customize these labels in the
5473 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5476 dialog in the submenu
5483 \begin_inset Index idx
5486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5495 \begin_layout Standard
5496 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5497 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5499 \begin_inset space ~
5503 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5505 reference "sec:Nesting"
5512 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5518 \begin_inset Index idx
5521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5528 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5530 name "sec:Enumerate"
5537 \begin_layout Standard
5542 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5543 It has these properties:
5546 \begin_layout Enumerate
5547 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5551 \begin_layout Enumerate
5552 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5556 \begin_layout Enumerate
5557 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5560 \begin_layout Enumerate
5565 environment resets the counter to one.
5568 \begin_layout Enumerate
5581 \begin_layout Enumerate
5582 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5583 Items can have any length.
5586 \begin_layout Enumerate
5587 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5590 \begin_layout Enumerate
5591 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5594 \begin_layout Enumerate
5595 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5599 \begin_layout Standard
5608 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5609 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5616 \begin_layout Enumerate
5617 The first level of an
5621 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5625 \begin_layout Enumerate
5626 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5630 \begin_layout Enumerate
5631 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5635 \begin_layout Enumerate
5636 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5639 \begin_layout Enumerate
5640 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5645 \begin_layout Enumerate
5646 Back to the third level
5650 \begin_layout Enumerate
5651 Back to the second level.
5655 \begin_layout Enumerate
5656 Back to the outermost level.
5659 \begin_layout Standard
5660 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5665 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5670 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5674 \begin_layout Standard
5675 There is more to nesting
5679 environments than we've stated here.
5680 You should read section
5681 \begin_inset space ~
5685 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5687 reference "sec:Nesting"
5691 to learn more about nesting.
5694 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5700 \begin_inset Index idx
5703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5712 \begin_layout Standard
5713 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5717 list has no fixed label.
5718 Instead, LyX uses the first
5719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5726 of the first line as the label.
5730 \begin_layout Description
5731 Example: This is an example of the
5738 \begin_layout Standard
5739 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5743 \begin_layout Standard
5745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5752 it is meant that the first hit of the
5756 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5758 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5766 arg "space-insert protected"
5771 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5772 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5774 \begin_inset space ~
5780 \begin_inset space ~
5784 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5786 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5790 for more info.) Here is an example:
5793 \begin_layout Description
5795 \begin_inset space ~
5798 Example: This one shows how to use a
5801 \begin_inset space ~
5813 \begin_layout Description
5814 Usage: You should use the
5818 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5819 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5821 It's not a good idea to use a
5825 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5826 You're better off using
5838 paragraphs into them.
5841 \begin_layout Description
5842 Nesting: You can nest
5846 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5850 \begin_layout Standard
5851 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5852 them from the first line.
5855 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5861 \begin_inset Index idx
5864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5873 \begin_layout Standard
5878 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5881 \begin_layout Standard
5882 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5890 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5895 environment is named
5907 \begin_layout Standard
5916 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5917 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5920 \begin_layout Labeling
5921 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5923 \begin_inset space ~
5926 labels LyX uses the first
5927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5934 of each line as the item label.
5939 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5940 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5941 blank as described above.
5944 \begin_layout Labeling
5945 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5946 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5947 the body of the item text.
5948 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5949 label width plus a little extra space.
5953 \begin_layout Labeling
5954 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5956 \begin_inset space ~
5959 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5961 If the label width is larger, the label
5962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5966 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5969 into the first line.
5970 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5971 margin of the rest of the item text.
5974 \begin_layout Labeling
5975 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5977 \begin_inset space ~
5980 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5985 environment have the same left margin.
5986 \begin_inset Newline newline
5989 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5992 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5994 \begin_inset space ~
6003 \begin_inset space ~
6008 determines the default label width.
6009 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6018 multiple times instead.
6019 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6021 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6025 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6028 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6031 \begin_inset space ~
6036 every time you alter a label in a
6041 \begin_inset Newline newline
6044 The predefined default width is the length of
6045 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6049 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6054 \begin_inset Newline newline
6058 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6066 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6067 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6075 \begin_layout Standard
6080 environment the same way like the
6084 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6090 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6094 \begin_layout Standard
6099 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6101 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6103 \begin_inset space ~
6107 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6109 reference "sec:Nesting"
6113 to learn about nesting.
6116 \begin_layout Standard
6117 There is yet another feature of the
6121 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6123 You can use additional
6127 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6132 are documented in section
6133 \begin_inset space ~
6137 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6139 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6144 Here are some examples:
6145 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6151 \begin_layout Labeling
6152 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6153 Left The default for
6160 \begin_layout Labeling
6161 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6162 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6169 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6172 \begin_layout Labeling
6173 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6174 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6178 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6185 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6188 \begin_layout Subsection
6190 \begin_inset Index idx
6193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6202 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6210 \begin_inset space ~
6218 \begin_layout Standard
6219 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6227 \begin_inset space ~
6233 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6234 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6235 In contrast, you can use the
6242 \begin_inset space ~
6247 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6248 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6252 \begin_layout Standard
6253 Of course, you're not limited to using
6260 \begin_inset space ~
6269 \begin_inset space ~
6274 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6275 some European academic papers.
6278 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6280 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6282 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6289 \begin_layout Standard
6294 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6295 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6299 \begin_inset space ~
6304 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6305 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6306 Here's an example of each:
6309 \begin_layout Right Address
6311 \begin_inset Newline newline
6315 \begin_inset Newline newline
6319 \begin_inset Newline newline
6322 When is it? What is today?
6325 \begin_layout Standard
6329 \begin_inset space ~
6335 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6336 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6337 Here's an example of the
6344 \begin_layout Address
6346 \begin_inset Newline newline
6349 Where do I send this
6350 \begin_inset Newline newline
6353 Your post office and country
6356 \begin_layout Standard
6357 As you can see, both
6364 \begin_inset space ~
6369 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6374 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6380 This makes sense, since
6388 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6389 Thus, you have to use
6396 arg "newline-insert newline"
6402 \begin_inset space ~
6405 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6407 \begin_inset space ~
6416 menu) to start a new line in an
6423 \begin_inset space ~
6431 \begin_layout Subsection
6435 \begin_layout Standard
6436 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6437 or list of references.
6438 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6441 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6445 \begin_inset Index idx
6448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6457 \begin_layout Standard
6462 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6463 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6464 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6465 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6469 in anything else or vice versa.
6475 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6476 The book document classes ignores the
6480 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6484 in a letter document class.
6487 \begin_layout Standard
6492 environment does several things for you.
6493 First, it puts the centered label
6494 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6498 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6502 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6504 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6505 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6506 the subsequent text.
6507 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6508 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6511 \begin_layout Standard
6512 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6516 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6517 The new paragraph will still be in the
6522 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6523 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6526 \begin_layout Standard
6527 \begin_inset Float figure
6532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6534 \begin_inset Graphics
6535 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6543 \begin_inset Caption
6545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6546 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6548 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6569 \begin_layout Standard
6570 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6574 environment, but since this document is in the
6575 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6579 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6582 class, we can't do this.
6583 We inserted it therefore as figure
6584 \begin_inset space ~
6588 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6590 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6595 If you've never heard of an
6596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6600 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6603 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6606 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6612 \begin_inset Index idx
6615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6622 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6624 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6631 \begin_layout Standard
6636 environment is used to list references.
6637 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6638 only use it at the end of the document.
6643 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6646 \begin_layout Standard
6647 When you first open a
6651 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6652 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6660 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6664 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6667 depending on the document class.
6668 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6669 Each paragraph of the
6673 environment is a bibliography entry.
6678 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6679 Each new paragraph is still in the
6686 \begin_layout Standard
6687 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6688 by using a BibTeX database.
6689 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
6690 phy handling, have a look at in section
6691 \begin_inset space ~
6695 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6697 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6704 \begin_layout Subsection
6708 \begin_inset Index idx
6711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6712 Paragraph ! LyX code
6718 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6727 \begin_layout Standard
6732 environment is another LyX extension.
6733 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6738 key as a fixed whitespace;
6742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6754 \begin_inset space ~
6759 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6764 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6765 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6768 arg "newline-insert newline"
6785 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6786 So, when you finish using the
6790 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6791 Also, you can nest the
6795 environment inside of others.
6798 \begin_layout Standard
6799 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6802 \begin_layout Itemize
6806 arg "newline-insert newline"
6809 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6810 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6814 \begin_inset space \space{}
6824 arg "newline-insert newline"
6830 \begin_layout Itemize
6834 arg "newline-insert newline"
6845 \begin_layout Itemize
6850 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6857 \begin_layout Itemize
6861 arg "space-insert protected"
6868 \begin_layout Itemize
6869 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6870 You must put at least one
6874 in any line you want blank.
6875 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6878 \begin_layout Itemize
6879 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6883 since that will insert
6888 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6891 arg "self-insert \""
6897 \begin_layout Standard
6901 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6905 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6909 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6913 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6917 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6918 printf("Hello World!
6923 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6927 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6931 \begin_layout Standard
6932 This is just the standard
6933 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6944 \begin_layout Standard
6949 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6950 rc-files, and so on.
6951 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6952 as if you used a typewriter.
6953 \begin_inset Index idx
6956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6957 Paragraph environments|)
6965 \begin_layout Section
6966 Nesting Environments
6967 \begin_inset Index idx
6970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6971 Nesting ! Environments
6977 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6986 \begin_layout Subsection
6990 \begin_layout Standard
6991 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6993 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
6995 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6997 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7003 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7009 \begin_layout Enumerate
7013 \begin_layout Enumerate
7018 \begin_layout Enumerate
7022 \begin_layout Enumerate
7027 \begin_layout Enumerate
7031 \begin_layout Standard
7032 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7033 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7036 \begin_inset space ~
7040 \begin_inset space ~
7048 \begin_inset space ~
7052 \begin_inset space ~
7061 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7062 will tell you how far you are nested).
7063 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7066 arg "depth-increment"
7072 arg "depth-decrement"
7075 or the convenient key bindings
7086 arg "depth-increment"
7092 arg "depth-decrement"
7095 to change the nesting level.
7096 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7097 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7101 \begin_layout Standard
7102 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7103 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7104 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7105 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7108 \begin_layout Standard
7109 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7110 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7112 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7115 \begin_layout Subsection
7116 What You Can and Can't Nest
7119 \begin_layout Standard
7120 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7121 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7124 \begin_layout Standard
7125 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7126 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7127 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7130 \begin_layout Itemize
7131 Completely unnestable
7134 \begin_layout Itemize
7135 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7139 \begin_layout Itemize
7140 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7144 \begin_layout Standard
7145 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7146 environments have them:
7149 \begin_layout Description
7150 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7151 Can't nest into them.
7155 \begin_layout Itemize
7161 \begin_layout Itemize
7167 \begin_layout Itemize
7173 \begin_layout Itemize
7179 \begin_layout Itemize
7186 \begin_layout Description
7188 \begin_inset space ~
7191 Nestable You can nest them.
7192 You can nest other things into them.
7196 \begin_layout Itemize
7202 \begin_layout Itemize
7208 \begin_layout Itemize
7214 \begin_layout Itemize
7220 \begin_layout Itemize
7226 \begin_layout Itemize
7232 \begin_layout Itemize
7238 \begin_layout Itemize
7245 \begin_layout Description
7246 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7247 You can't nest anything into them.
7251 \begin_layout Itemize
7257 \begin_layout Itemize
7263 \begin_layout Itemize
7269 \begin_layout Itemize
7275 \begin_layout Itemize
7281 \begin_layout Itemize
7287 \begin_layout Itemize
7293 \begin_layout Itemize
7299 \begin_layout Itemize
7305 \begin_layout Itemize
7311 \begin_layout Itemize
7317 \begin_layout Itemize
7323 \begin_layout Itemize
7329 \begin_layout Itemize
7333 \begin_inset space ~
7339 \begin_layout Itemize
7346 \begin_layout Standard
7347 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7355 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7364 \begin_inset space ~
7368 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7372 \begin_inset space \space{}
7375 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7376 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7377 section headings violate this.
7385 \begin_layout Subsection
7386 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7387 \begin_inset Index idx
7390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7391 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7399 \begin_layout Standard
7400 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7401 affected by nesting anyhow.
7405 \begin_layout Itemize
7409 \begin_layout Itemize
7413 \begin_layout Itemize
7417 \begin_layout Standard
7419 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7427 Figures and tables in
7431 are not affected by this.
7436 Have a look at section
7437 \begin_inset space ~
7441 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7443 reference "sec:Floats"
7447 for more information about
7454 \begin_layout Standard
7455 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7456 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7460 \begin_layout Standard
7461 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7469 of its own, it behaves just like a
7470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7477 paragraph environment.
7478 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7482 \begin_layout Standard
7483 Here's an example with a table:
7486 \begin_layout Enumerate
7491 \begin_layout Enumerate
7492 This is (a) and it's nested.
7496 \begin_layout Standard
7497 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7503 \begin_layout Standard
7505 \begin_inset Tabular
7506 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7507 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7508 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7509 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7593 \begin_layout Standard
7594 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7601 \begin_layout Enumerate
7603 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7607 \begin_layout Enumerate
7611 \begin_layout Standard
7612 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7615 \begin_layout Enumerate
7620 \begin_layout Enumerate
7621 This is (a) and it's nested.
7625 \begin_layout Standard
7626 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7632 \begin_layout Standard
7634 \begin_inset Tabular
7635 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7636 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7637 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7638 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7722 \begin_layout Standard
7723 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7729 \begin_layout Enumerate
7736 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7739 \begin_layout Enumerate
7743 \begin_layout Standard
7744 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7748 \begin_layout Standard
7749 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7751 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7754 \begin_layout Enumerate
7759 \begin_layout Enumerate
7760 This is (a) and it's nested.
7763 \begin_layout Standard
7764 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7770 \begin_layout Standard
7772 \begin_inset Tabular
7773 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7774 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7775 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7776 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7860 \begin_layout Standard
7861 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7867 \begin_layout Enumerate
7869 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7877 \begin_layout Enumerate
7881 \begin_layout Standard
7882 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7888 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7889 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7893 \begin_layout Subsection
7894 Usage and General Features
7897 \begin_layout Standard
7898 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7900 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7904 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7907 is the innermost possible depth.
7908 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7911 \begin_layout Enumerate
7912 level #1 – outermost
7916 \begin_layout Enumerate
7921 \begin_layout Enumerate
7926 \begin_layout Enumerate
7931 \begin_layout Itemize
7936 \begin_layout Itemize
7945 \begin_layout Standard
7946 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7947 both of them in the example.
7948 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7958 For example, if we tried to nest another
7963 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7967 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7970 , we would get errors.
7973 \begin_layout Subsection
7975 \begin_inset Index idx
7978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7987 \begin_layout Standard
7988 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7989 We have several examples of nested environments.
7990 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7994 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7995 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7998 \begin_layout Labeling
7999 \labelwidthstring MMM
8000 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8009 \begin_layout Labeling
8010 \labelwidthstring MMM
8011 #2-a This is level #2.
8012 We created it by using
8015 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8021 arg "depth-increment"
8028 \begin_layout Labeling
8029 \labelwidthstring MMM
8030 #3-a This is level #3.
8031 This time, we just hit
8038 arg "depth-increment"
8042 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8046 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8052 arg "depth-increment"
8059 \begin_layout Standard
8064 environment, nested inside of
8065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8073 So, it's at level #4.
8074 We did this by hitting
8077 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8083 arg "depth-increment"
8086 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8091 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8107 \begin_layout Standard
8112 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8115 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8121 \begin_layout Labeling
8122 \labelwidthstring MMM
8123 #4-a This is level #4.
8127 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8130 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8135 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8139 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8144 keep nesting things inside
8145 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8149 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8156 \begin_layout Labeling
8157 \labelwidthstring MMM
8158 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8163 \begin_layout Labeling
8164 \labelwidthstring MMM
8165 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8166 and this is level #6.
8167 By now, you should know how we made these two.
8171 \begin_layout Labeling
8172 \labelwidthstring MMM
8173 #5-b Back to level #5.
8177 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8183 arg "depth-decrement"
8190 \begin_layout Labeling
8191 \labelwidthstring MMM
8195 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8201 arg "depth-decrement"
8204 , we're back at level #4.
8208 \begin_layout Labeling
8209 \labelwidthstring MMM
8210 #3-b Back to level #3.
8211 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8215 \begin_layout Labeling
8216 \labelwidthstring MMM
8217 #2-b Back to level #2.
8222 \begin_layout Labeling
8223 \labelwidthstring MMM
8224 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8225 After this sentence, we'll hit
8229 and change the paragraph environment back to
8236 \begin_layout Standard
8237 We could have also used the
8253 environment in place of the
8258 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8261 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8262 Example 2: Inheritance
8265 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8266 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8269 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8278 arg "depth-increment"
8281 , after which, we'll change to the
8289 \begin_layout Enumerate
8294 environment, at level #2.
8297 \begin_layout Enumerate
8298 Notice how the nested
8302 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8306 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8310 \begin_layout Standard
8311 We ended this example by hitting
8316 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8320 and reset the nesting depth by using
8323 arg "depth-decrement"
8329 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8330 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8339 \begin_inset Argument
8342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8343 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8351 \begin_layout Enumerate
8352 This is level #1, in an
8356 paragraph environment.
8357 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8361 \begin_layout Enumerate
8366 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8372 arg "depth-increment"
8376 Now, what happens if we nest an
8380 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8381 label be? An asterisk?
8385 \begin_layout Itemize
8395 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8396 So, its label is a bullet.
8397 (We got here by using
8400 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8406 arg "depth-increment"
8409 , then changing the environment to
8417 \begin_layout Itemize
8418 Here's level #4, produced using
8421 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8427 arg "depth-increment"
8431 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8436 \begin_layout Enumerate
8437 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8439 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8444 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8448 , because we are in the
8457 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8476 \begin_layout Enumerate
8481 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8482 type of numbering does LyX use?
8485 \begin_layout Enumerate
8486 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8489 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8492 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8495 \begin_layout Enumerate
8499 arg "depth-decrement"
8502 to decrease the depth after the next
8505 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8512 \begin_layout Enumerate
8514 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8518 \begin_layout Enumerate
8520 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8521 numeral as the label.Why?
8524 \begin_layout Enumerate
8525 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8534 Notice, however, that LyX
8538 reset the counter for the label.
8542 \begin_layout Enumerate
8546 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8552 arg "depth-decrement"
8555 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8556 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8557 into the twofold-nested
8565 \begin_layout Enumerate
8566 The same thing happens if we do another
8569 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8575 arg "depth-decrement"
8578 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8581 \begin_layout Standard
8582 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8587 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8601 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8607 The same rule applies for the
8611 environment, as well.
8614 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8615 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8618 \begin_layout Enumerate
8619 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8620 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8621 same detail with how we did it.
8630 \begin_layout Standard
8638 arg "depth-increment"
8645 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8646 example in parentheses someplace.
8647 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8648 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8649 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8653 \begin_layout Enumerate
8658 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8663 Now we'll add verse.
8664 \begin_inset Newline newline
8667 It will get much worse.
8668 \begin_inset Newline newline
8678 arg "depth-increment"
8689 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8690 \begin_inset Newline newline
8693 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8694 \begin_inset Newline newline
8700 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8713 \begin_layout Standard
8714 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8720 \begin_layout Standard
8722 \begin_inset Tabular
8723 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8724 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8725 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8726 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8815 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8825 arg "depth-increment"
8831 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8841 arg "depth-decrement"
8848 \begin_layout Enumerate
8853 : level #1) This is another item.
8854 Note that selecting a
8858 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8859 3 times to put the table inside the
8867 \begin_layout Quotation
8868 We're now ending the
8872 list and changing to
8877 We're still at level #1.
8878 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8879 The next set of paragraphs is a
8880 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8894 \begin_inset space ~
8899 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8903 for the letter body.
8907 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8910 to preserve the depth.
8911 Remember that you need to use
8914 arg "newline-insert newline"
8917 to create multiple lines inside the
8924 \begin_inset space ~
8934 \begin_layout Right Address
8936 \begin_inset Newline newline
8939 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8940 \begin_inset Newline newline
8946 \begin_layout Address
8948 \begin_inset space ~
8954 \begin_layout Quotation
8955 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8956 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8959 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8960 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8961 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8962 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8963 as soon as possible.
8964 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8967 \begin_layout Quotation
8968 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8969 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8970 with your order, along with payment.
8973 \begin_layout Quotation
8974 We thank you again for your patience.
8977 \begin_layout Address
8979 \begin_inset Newline newline
8986 \begin_layout Quotation
8987 That ends that example!
8990 \begin_layout Standard
8991 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8992 just a few keystrokes.
8993 We could have easily nested an
9014 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9017 \begin_layout Section
9018 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9019 \begin_inset Index idx
9022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9031 \begin_layout Standard
9032 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9033 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9034 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9035 be broken at the end of a line.
9036 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9040 \begin_layout Subsection
9042 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9044 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9049 \begin_inset Index idx
9052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9061 \begin_layout Standard
9062 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9064 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
9068 Further documentation is given in section
9069 \begin_inset Newline newline
9073 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9075 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9083 \begin_layout Standard
9084 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9097 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9099 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9104 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9108 A protected space is set with
9110 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9111 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9115 \begin_inset space ~
9125 arg "space-insert protected"
9131 \begin_layout Subsection
9133 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9135 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9140 \begin_inset Index idx
9143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9144 Spacing ! Horizontal
9152 \begin_layout Standard
9153 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9155 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9156 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9160 The length units are listed in Appendix
9161 \begin_inset space ~
9165 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9167 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9174 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9176 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9178 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
9183 \begin_inset Index idx
9186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9195 \begin_layout Standard
9197 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9201 \begin_inset space \space{}
9204 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9205 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9206 \begin_inset space ~
9210 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9212 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9217 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9218 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9221 arg "space-insert normal"
9227 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9229 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9231 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9236 \begin_inset Index idx
9239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9248 \begin_layout Standard
9250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9257 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9266 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9267 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9268 inside abbreviations:
9273 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9277 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9280 \begin_layout Standard
9281 or between values and units.
9282 Compare for example this:
9283 \begin_inset Newline newline
9287 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9291 \begin_inset Newline newline
9297 \begin_layout Standard
9298 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9300 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9301 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9303 \begin_inset space ~
9311 arg "space-insert thin"
9317 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9319 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9321 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9328 \begin_layout Standard
9329 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9332 \begin_layout Description
9334 \begin_inset space ~
9338 \begin_inset space ~
9342 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9346 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9350 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9353 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9356 \begin_layout Description
9358 \begin_inset space ~
9362 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9366 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9370 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9374 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9378 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9381 em) space between the arrows.
9384 \begin_layout Description
9386 \begin_inset space ~
9390 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9394 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9398 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9402 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9406 \begin_inset space ~
9410 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9413 em) space between the arrows.
9416 \begin_layout Description
9418 \begin_inset space ~
9422 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9426 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9430 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9434 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9438 \begin_inset space ~
9442 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9445 em) space between the arrows.
9448 \begin_layout Description
9450 \begin_inset space ~
9454 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9458 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9463 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9467 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9470 cm space between the arrows.
9473 \begin_layout Standard
9475 \begin_inset space ~
9479 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9481 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9485 lists the different space sizes.
9488 \begin_layout Standard
9489 \begin_inset Float table
9494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9496 \begin_inset Caption
9498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9499 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9501 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9505 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9515 \begin_inset Tabular
9516 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9517 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9518 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9519 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9559 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9583 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9607 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9631 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9646 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9659 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9674 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9687 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9702 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9715 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9736 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9742 \begin_inset Index idx
9745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9754 \begin_layout Standard
9755 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9756 in a uniform fashion.
9757 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9758 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9759 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9760 equally between themselves.
9764 \begin_layout Standard
9765 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9770 This is on the left side
9771 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9774 This is on the right
9780 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9784 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9793 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9797 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9801 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9807 \begin_layout Standard
9808 That was an example in the
9814 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9818 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9822 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9825 is one in a standard paragraph.
9826 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9830 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9833 \begin_layout Standard
9834 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9837 \begin_inset space ~
9842 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9845 \begin_layout Standard
9847 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9851 \begin_inset space ~
9857 \begin_layout Standard
9859 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9863 \begin_inset space ~
9869 \begin_layout Standard
9871 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9875 \begin_inset space ~
9881 \begin_layout Standard
9883 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9887 \begin_inset space ~
9893 \begin_layout Standard
9895 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9899 \begin_inset space ~
9905 \begin_layout Standard
9907 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9911 \begin_inset space ~
9917 \begin_layout Standard
9918 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9926 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9930 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9931 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9932 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9936 option in the space dialog.
9944 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9946 \begin_inset Index idx
9949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9958 \begin_layout Standard
9959 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9961 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9965 \begin_inset space \space{}
9968 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9971 \begin_layout Standard
9972 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9975 What is correct English?:
9976 \begin_inset Newline newline
9980 \begin_inset Newline newline
9984 \begin_inset space ~
9987 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9988 \begin_inset Newline newline
9992 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
9995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10003 \begin_inset Newline newline
10007 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10018 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10024 \begin_layout Standard
10025 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10030 \begin_inset space ~
10034 \begin_inset space ~
10038 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10042 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10044 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10045 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10049 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10055 \begin_inset space ~
10059 \begin_inset space ~
10063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10066 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10067 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10071 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10075 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10076 That is why it is named
10077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10085 The normal phantom ouputs the width and heigth of the content as space,
10086 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10090 \begin_layout Subsection
10092 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10094 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10099 \begin_inset Index idx
10102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10111 \begin_layout Standard
10112 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10114 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10115 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10117 \begin_inset space ~
10123 There you find the following sizes:
10126 \begin_layout Standard
10139 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10144 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10146 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10150 \begin_inset Index idx
10153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10154 Document ! Settings
10159 for the paragraph separation.
10160 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10171 \begin_layout Standard
10177 \begin_inset Index idx
10180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10186 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10187 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10189 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10190 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10199 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10208 s are described in section
10209 \begin_inset space ~
10213 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10215 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10224 If there are several
10228 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10229 You can therefore use
10233 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10236 \begin_layout Standard
10241 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10242 \begin_inset space ~
10246 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10248 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10255 \begin_layout Standard
10256 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10266 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10267 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10279 \begin_layout Subsection
10280 Paragraph Alignment
10283 \begin_layout Standard
10284 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10286 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10290 There are five possibilities:
10293 \begin_layout Itemize
10301 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10307 \begin_layout Itemize
10315 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10321 \begin_layout Itemize
10329 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10335 \begin_layout Itemize
10343 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10349 \begin_layout Itemize
10357 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10363 \begin_layout Standard
10364 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10365 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10366 the left and right margins.
10367 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10370 \begin_layout Standard
10372 This paragraph is right aligned,
10375 \begin_layout Standard
10377 this one is centered,
10380 \begin_layout Standard
10382 this one is left aligned.
10385 \begin_layout Subsection
10387 \begin_inset Index idx
10390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10391 Page breaks ! Forced
10397 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10399 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10406 \begin_layout Standard
10407 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10408 can force a page break where you want one.
10409 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10410 Only if you use a lot of
10414 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10417 \begin_layout Standard
10418 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10419 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10423 have to change the page breaking.
10426 \begin_layout Standard
10427 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10429 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10431 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10432 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10434 \begin_inset space ~
10440 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10442 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10443 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10445 \begin_inset space ~
10450 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10452 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10453 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10456 \begin_layout Standard
10457 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10458 at the top of a page.
10459 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10460 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10461 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10462 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10464 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10466 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10470 to learn more about
10477 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10479 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10481 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10486 \begin_inset Index idx
10489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10490 Page breaks ! Clear
10498 \begin_layout Standard
10499 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10500 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10501 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10502 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10503 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10506 \begin_layout Standard
10507 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10509 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10510 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10512 \begin_inset space ~
10518 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10520 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10521 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10523 \begin_inset space ~
10527 \begin_inset space ~
10532 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10533 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10536 \begin_layout Subsection
10538 \begin_inset Index idx
10541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10548 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10550 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10557 \begin_layout Standard
10558 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10560 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10562 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10563 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10565 \begin_inset space ~
10569 \begin_inset space ~
10577 arg "newline-insert newline"
10581 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10583 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10584 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10586 \begin_inset space ~
10590 \begin_inset space ~
10595 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10597 This is necessary to avoid
10598 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10605 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10608 \begin_layout Standard
10609 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10610 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10611 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10612 set a line break, e.
10613 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10617 \begin_inset space \space{}
10620 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10621 \begin_inset space ~
10625 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10627 reference "sec:Quote"
10632 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10634 reference "sec:Verse"
10639 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10641 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10648 \begin_layout Subsection
10650 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10652 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10657 \begin_inset Index idx
10660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10669 \begin_layout Standard
10671 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10682 \begin_layout Standard
10685 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10686 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10688 \begin_inset space ~
10693 you can insert horizontal lines.
10694 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
10695 of the current text line or the paragraph.
10698 \begin_layout Standard
10700 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10711 \begin_layout Standard
10715 \begin_layout Section
10716 Characters and Symbols
10719 \begin_layout Standard
10720 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10721 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10722 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10726 \begin_inset space \space{}
10729 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10731 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10735 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10737 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10741 for information on how this is done.
10744 \begin_layout Standard
10745 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10750 dialog via the menu
10752 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10753 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10759 \begin_layout Standard
10760 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10768 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10769 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10770 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10778 \begin_layout Section
10779 Fonts and Text Styles
10780 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10782 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10789 \begin_layout Subsection
10791 \begin_inset Index idx
10794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10803 \begin_layout Standard
10804 There are two types of fonts:
10807 \begin_layout Description
10809 \begin_inset space ~
10813 \begin_inset Index idx
10816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10822 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
10823 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10827 characters) in the font.
10828 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10829 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10830 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10831 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10832 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10833 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10834 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10835 \begin_inset Newline newline
10838 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10839 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10840 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10841 sizes than at small ones.
10842 \begin_inset Newline newline
10856 \begin_inset space ~
10864 \begin_layout Description
10866 \begin_inset space ~
10870 \begin_inset Index idx
10873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10879 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10880 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10881 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10882 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10883 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10884 picture manipulation program.
10885 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10886 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10887 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10888 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10889 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10891 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10892 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10893 \begin_inset Newline newline
10896 Bitmap fonts are named
10899 \begin_inset space ~
10904 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10907 \begin_layout Standard
10908 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
10909 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10910 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10911 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10912 use scalable fonts.
10915 \begin_layout Standard
10916 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10917 its document properties.
10920 \begin_layout Standard
10921 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10922 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10923 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10924 font to emphasize text, you use an
10925 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10933 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10934 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10938 \begin_layout Subsection
10940 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10942 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
10949 \begin_layout Standard
10950 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
10951 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
10952 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
10954 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
10955 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
10956 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
10957 to usual word processors.
10958 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
10959 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
10960 across different machines.
10961 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
10962 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
10964 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
10966 \begin_inset space ~
10970 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10972 reference "sub:Document-Font"
10977 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
10978 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
10982 \begin_layout Standard
10983 Furthermore, recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are
10984 also able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating
10985 system (OS), namely XeTeX and LuaTeX.
10986 Both engines are now supported by LyX.
10987 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
10988 that is installed on your system.
10989 The next section describes how to use these OS fonts.
10992 \begin_layout Standard
10993 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11001 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
11002 es; so you might have to experiment.
11010 \begin_layout Standard
11011 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11019 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
11020 as traditional LaTeX or PDFLaTeX.
11028 \begin_layout Subsection
11029 Document Font and Font size
11030 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11032 name "sub:Document-Font"
11037 \begin_inset Index idx
11040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11047 \begin_inset Index idx
11050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11059 \begin_layout Standard
11060 You can set the document fonts in the
11062 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11066 \begin_inset Index idx
11069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11070 Document ! Settings
11080 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
11081 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
11084 \begin_inset space ~
11093 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
11094 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11098 \begin_layout Standard
11105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11114 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11115 This requires that you use
11121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11160 as output format, i.
11161 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11165 \begin_inset space ~
11168 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
11169 \begin_inset space ~
11173 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11175 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11180 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts (the selection described
11182 Note that LyX lists all available fonts in either of the three lists (roman,
11184 \begin_inset space ~
11187 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
11188 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
11189 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
11191 Again, LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
11194 \begin_layout Standard
11195 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
11200 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
11205 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
11206 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
11207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11228 European Computer Modern
11231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11238 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
11241 \begin_layout Standard
11250 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
11251 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
11255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11256 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
11259 \begin_inset space ~
11264 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
11270 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
11271 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
11274 \begin_layout Itemize
11283 ) fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
11297 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
11301 as the default font.
11302 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
11303 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
11315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11316 One difference is improved kerning for the
11328 \begin_layout Itemize
11337 ) fonts in (the rare) case that
11341 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
11356 Virtual means that it
11357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11368 -glyphs from other fonts.
11369 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
11371 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11383 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11391 Loading the LaTeX-package
11396 \begin_inset Index idx
11399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11400 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
11405 with the document preamble line
11406 \begin_inset Newline newline
11413 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
11414 \begin_inset Newline newline
11419 will fix the guillemet problem.
11424 and that accented characters are not
11428 glyph, but build of
11432 characters, the accent and the letter.
11433 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
11439 If you search for example for the French word
11440 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11447 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
11449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11456 and not for the glyph
11457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11461 \begin_inset space ~
11465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11471 \begin_layout Itemize
11472 If you do not like the look of
11480 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
11481 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11485 \begin_inset space ~
11499 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
11500 \begin_inset space ~
11503 serif and typewriter fonts
11507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11508 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
11509 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11520 for sans serif text), and sometimes, e.
11521 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11533 , different shapes of the same font, i.
11534 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11547 , but you can also select your own.
11548 \begin_inset Newline newline
11551 The differences between roman,
11554 \begin_inset space ~
11563 fonts are explained in section
11564 \begin_inset space ~
11568 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11570 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11575 \begin_inset Newline newline
11582 was originally designed for newspapers.
11583 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11584 into the small newspaper columns.
11589 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11590 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11593 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
11606 Some classes provide additional sizes.
11611 depends on the class you are using.
11612 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
11615 \begin_layout Standard
11616 Note that the font size is the
11621 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11622 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11623 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11626 \begin_inset space ~
11632 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11633 \begin_inset space ~
11637 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11639 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11646 \begin_layout Standard
11651 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
11653 \begin_inset space ~
11656 serif or typewriter.
11661 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
11671 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
11674 \begin_layout Standard
11683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11692 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
11698 \begin_inset space ~
11702 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11704 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
11709 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
11710 Unless you have specific reasons, use
11717 \begin_layout Standard
11718 With some fonts, the checkboxes
11720 Use Old Style Figures
11724 Use True Small Caps
11727 These are extra features some fonts provide.
11730 Use Old Style Figures
11732 is checked, the font uses old style (also known as medieval or text) figures,
11734 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11738 \begin_inset space ~
11741 figures with varying height that fit nicely with lower letters.
11744 Use True Small Caps
11746 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
11747 of scaled capitals.
11748 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
11749 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
11752 \begin_layout Standard
11757 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11758 a font to display the script characters.
11762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11763 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11768 So this has no effect for the document language
11784 \begin_layout Standard
11785 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11789 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11797 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11801 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11802 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11803 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11805 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11808 dialog, see section
11809 \begin_inset space ~
11813 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11815 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11827 \begin_layout Subsection
11828 Using Different Character Styles
11829 \begin_inset Index idx
11832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11839 \begin_inset Index idx
11842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11851 \begin_layout Standard
11852 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11853 certain paragraph environments.
11854 LyX supports two character styles,
11863 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11867 \begin_layout Standard
11872 style, do one of the following:
11875 \begin_layout Itemize
11876 click on the toolbar button
11885 \begin_layout Itemize
11886 use the key binding
11895 \begin_layout Standard
11896 These commands are all toggles.
11901 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11904 \begin_layout Standard
11905 One typically uses the
11909 style for proper names.
11911 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11918 is the original author of LyX.
11919 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11925 \begin_layout Standard
11926 A more widely used character style is the
11931 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
11938 \begin_layout Itemize
11939 clicking on the toolbar button
11948 \begin_layout Itemize
11949 using the keybindings
11958 \begin_layout Standard
11963 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11964 es use a different font.
11967 \begin_layout Standard
11968 We've been using the
11972 style all over the place in this document.
11973 Here's one more example:
11976 \begin_layout Quotation
11979 Don't overuse character styles!
11982 \begin_layout Standard
11983 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11984 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11985 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11986 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11990 \begin_layout Standard
11991 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11999 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12001 \begin_inset space ~
12009 \begin_layout Subsection
12010 Fine-Tuning with the
12015 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12017 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12022 \begin_inset Index idx
12025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12034 \begin_layout Standard
12035 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12036 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12037 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12038 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12039 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12040 from ordinary dialog.
12043 \begin_layout Standard
12044 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12045 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12046 \begin_inset Newline newline
12049 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12050 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12053 \begin_layout Standard
12054 To use custom character styles, open the
12056 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12058 \begin_inset space ~
12062 \change_inserted 5863208 1302821857
12063 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
12064 Customized\SpecialChar \ldots{}
12068 \change_deleted 5863208 1302821862
12072 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
12073 font property which you can choose.
12074 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
12077 \begin_inset space ~
12082 , which keeps the current state of that property.
12087 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
12088 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
12089 environments in a snap.
12092 \begin_layout Standard
12093 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
12096 \begin_inset space ~
12108 \begin_layout Labeling
12109 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12115 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12119 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12123 The possible options are:
12127 \begin_layout Labeling
12128 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12133 This is the Roman font family.
12134 Normally a serif font.
12135 It's also the default family.
12145 \begin_layout Labeling
12146 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12150 \begin_inset space ~
12157 This is the Sans Serif font family.
12169 \begin_layout Labeling
12170 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12177 This is the Typewriter font family.
12183 arg "font-typewriter"
12192 \begin_layout Labeling
12193 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12198 This corresponds to the print weight.
12203 \begin_layout Labeling
12204 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12209 This is the Medium font series.
12210 It's also the default series.
12213 \begin_layout Labeling
12214 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12221 This is the Bold font series.
12234 \begin_layout Labeling
12235 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12240 As the name implies.
12245 \begin_layout Labeling
12246 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12251 This is the Upright font shape.
12252 It's also the default shape.
12255 \begin_layout Labeling
12256 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12270 s the Italic font shape
12276 \begin_layout Labeling
12277 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12284 This is the Slanted font shape
12286 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
12289 \begin_layout Labeling
12290 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12294 \begin_inset space ~
12301 This is the Small caps font shape
12308 \begin_layout Labeling
12309 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12314 Alters the size of the font.
12315 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
12316 nal to the document font size.
12317 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
12318 what you want to do.
12323 \begin_layout Labeling
12324 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12345 arg "font-size tiny"
12351 \begin_layout Labeling
12352 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12360 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12364 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12373 arg "font-size scriptsize"
12379 \begin_layout Labeling
12380 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12392 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12401 arg "font-size footnotesize"
12407 \begin_layout Labeling
12408 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12416 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12420 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12429 arg "font-size small"
12435 \begin_layout Labeling
12436 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12442 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12450 It's also the default size.
12454 arg "font-size normal"
12460 \begin_layout Labeling
12461 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12473 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12482 arg "font-size large"
12488 \begin_layout Labeling
12489 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12510 arg "font-size larger"
12516 \begin_layout Labeling
12517 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12538 arg "font-size largest"
12544 \begin_layout Labeling
12545 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12553 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12557 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12566 arg "font-size huge"
12572 \begin_layout Labeling
12573 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12581 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12585 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12594 arg "font-size giant"
12598 \change_inserted 5863208 1302821897
12602 \begin_layout Labeling
12603 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12605 \change_inserted 5863208 1302821911
12610 This increases the size by one step (for instance, from
12611 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12615 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12630 arg "font-size increase"
12636 \begin_layout Labeling
12637 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12639 \change_inserted 5863208 1302821911
12644 This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from
12645 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12657 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12664 arg "font-size decrease"
12673 \begin_layout Standard
12678 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12679 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12680 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12681 — use that instead.
12682 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12685 \begin_layout Labeling
12686 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12691 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12696 \begin_layout Labeling
12697 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12704 This is text with emphasize on
12707 This might seem like the same as
12711 , but it is actually a bit different.
12717 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12719 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12722 \begin_layout Labeling
12723 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12730 This is text with Underbar on.
12736 arg "font-underline"
12742 \begin_inset Newline newline
12747 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12748 when you couldn't change fonts.
12749 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12750 It's only included in LyX because some people
12754 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12755 \change_inserted 5863208 1302821962
12759 \begin_layout Labeling
12760 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12762 \change_inserted 5863208 1302821963
12766 \begin_inset space ~
12773 This is text with Double underbar on.
12779 arg "font-underunderline"
12783 \begin_inset Newline newline
12786 If we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
12787 about double underbar.
12790 \begin_layout Labeling
12791 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12793 \change_inserted 5863208 1302821963
12797 \begin_inset space ~
12804 This is text with Wavy underbar on.
12810 arg "font-underwave"
12814 \begin_inset Newline newline
12817 Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
12818 Keep antinausea pills handy.
12821 \begin_layout Labeling
12822 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12824 \change_inserted 5863208 1302821963
12831 This is text with Strikeout on.
12837 arg "font-strikeout"
12840 ) This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has
12846 \begin_layout Labeling
12847 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12854 This is text with Noun on.
12861 , this is a logical attribute.
12862 Normally it's equivalent to
12865 \begin_inset space ~
12874 \begin_layout Labeling
12875 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12880 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12881 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12885 \begin_inset space ~
12890 , which is the default
12891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12898 and means normally black, you can choose between
12931 \begin_inset Index idx
12934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12943 \begin_layout Labeling
12944 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12949 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12950 the language of the document.
12951 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12955 \begin_layout Standard
12956 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12957 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12959 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12961 \begin_inset space ~
12966 dialog, the settings are saved.
12967 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12970 arg "textstyle-apply"
12974 The button lets you
12975 \change_deleted 5863208 1302822001
12977 \change_inserted 5863208 1302822005
12979 \change_deleted 5863208 1302822014
12982 your custom character style even when the dialog isn't visible.
12986 \begin_layout Standard
12987 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12994 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12995 (suppose you just set the shape to
12996 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13000 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13004 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13008 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13014 \begin_inset space ~
13026 \begin_layout Standard
13027 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
13035 \begin_inset space ~
13047 \begin_layout Itemize
13053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13060 font, that means every character has the same width, the
13061 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13069 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13078 \begin_inset Newline newline
13082 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
13085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13096 \begin_inset Note Note
13099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13100 For more on phantoms see section
13101 \begin_inset space ~
13105 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13107 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
13117 \begin_inset Newline newline
13123 \begin_layout Itemize
13128 fonts use characters with serifs.
13129 These are the small
13130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13137 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
13138 The following example will show the difference:
13139 \begin_inset Newline newline
13143 \begin_inset Newline newline
13148 text without serifs
13151 \begin_inset Newline newline
13154 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
13155 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
13162 \begin_layout Itemize
13168 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
13169 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
13170 \change_inserted 5863208 1302822046
13174 \begin_layout Standard
13176 \change_inserted 5863208 1302822061
13177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13184 refers to applying or removing font properties.
13185 When a property is marked for toggling in the Text Style dialog, applying
13186 the style to text that already has the property will cause the property
13188 If you apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that currently
13189 has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle and C is set
13190 not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and G.
13192 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13204 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13207 mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
13208 For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
13209 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13213 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13216 etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
13218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13225 is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
13228 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13260 , then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
13262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13269 ), no matter how many times you apply the style.
13275 \begin_layout Standard
13276 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
13277 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
13280 \begin_layout Section
13281 Printing and Previewing
13284 \begin_layout Subsection
13288 \begin_layout Standard
13289 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
13290 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
13291 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
13292 goes on behind-the-scenes.
13293 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
13295 Additional Features
13300 \begin_layout Standard
13301 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
13302 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
13303 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
13304 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
13305 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
13306 This happens in two stages:
13309 \begin_layout Enumerate
13310 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
13311 generating a file with the extension,
13312 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13326 \begin_layout Enumerate
13327 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
13331 file to produce printable output.
13335 \begin_layout Subsection
13336 Output file formats
13337 \begin_inset Index idx
13340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13347 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13349 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
13356 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13357 Simple text (ASCII)
13358 \begin_inset Index idx
13361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13362 File formats ! ASCII
13370 \begin_layout Standard
13371 This file type has the extension
13372 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13380 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13384 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
13385 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13388 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
13389 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13395 \begin_layout Standard
13396 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
13398 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13399 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13401 \begin_inset space ~
13408 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13409 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13411 \begin_inset space ~
13415 \begin_inset space ~
13421 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
13425 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13427 \begin_inset Index idx
13430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13431 File formats ! LaTeX
13439 \begin_layout Standard
13440 This file type has the extension
13441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13449 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13452 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
13454 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
13455 it manually with console commands.
13456 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
13457 you view or export your document.
13460 \begin_layout Standard
13461 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
13463 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13464 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13481 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13483 \begin_inset Index idx
13486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13495 \begin_layout Standard
13496 This file type has the extension
13497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13505 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13510 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13517 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
13518 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
13519 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
13523 \begin_layout Standard
13524 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
13525 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
13526 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
13527 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
13529 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
13532 \begin_layout Standard
13533 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
13535 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13536 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13541 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13542 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13544 \begin_inset space ~
13551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13561 The latter option uses the program
13570 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
13571 font access (see section
13572 \begin_inset space ~
13576 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13578 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13583 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
13587 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13589 \begin_inset Index idx
13592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13593 File formats ! PostScript
13601 \begin_layout Standard
13602 This file type has the extension
13603 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13611 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13615 PostScript was developed by the company
13619 as a printer language.
13620 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
13622 PostScript can be seen as a
13623 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13626 programming language
13627 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13630 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
13634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13635 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
13641 \begin_inset Index idx
13644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13645 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
13655 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
13658 \begin_layout Standard
13659 PostScript can only contain images in the format
13660 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13663 Encapsulated PostScript
13664 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13667 (EPS, file extension
13668 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13676 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13680 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
13681 to convert them in the background to EPS.
13683 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13686 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
13687 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13690 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
13691 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
13692 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
13693 EPS to avoid this problem.
13696 \begin_layout Standard
13697 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
13699 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13700 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13706 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13708 \begin_inset Index idx
13711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13718 \begin_inset Index idx
13721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13730 \begin_layout Standard
13731 This file type has the extension
13732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13748 Portable Document Format
13749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13756 was derived from PostScript.
13757 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
13759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13766 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13767 looks exactly the same.
13770 \begin_layout Standard
13771 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
13772 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13775 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13779 (JPG, file extension
13780 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13788 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13792 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13800 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13804 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13807 Portable Network Graphics
13808 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13811 (PNG, file extension
13812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13824 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13825 in the background to one of these formats.
13826 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13827 will slow down your workflow.
13828 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13831 \begin_layout Standard
13832 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13834 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13837 in three different ways:
13840 \begin_layout Description
13841 PDF This uses the program
13845 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13846 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13850 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13851 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13854 \begin_layout Description
13856 \begin_inset space ~
13859 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13863 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13867 \begin_layout Description
13869 \begin_inset space ~
13872 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13876 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13879 \begin_layout Description
13881 \begin_inset space ~
13888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13895 X) This uses the program
13899 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13904 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
13905 font access (see section
13906 \begin_inset space ~
13910 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13912 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13917 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts.
13920 \begin_layout Description
13922 \begin_inset space ~
13929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13936 X) This uses the program
13940 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13945 is an even newer engine, derived from
13949 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
13950 access (see section
13951 \begin_inset space ~
13955 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13957 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13962 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
13966 \begin_layout Standard
13967 We recommend to use
13970 \begin_inset space ~
13979 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
13980 works without problems.
13981 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
13982 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
13986 \begin_inset space ~
13993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14005 \begin_inset space ~
14012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14021 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
14029 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14031 \begin_inset Index idx
14034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14035 FileFormats ! XHTML
14041 \begin_inset Index idx
14044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14053 \begin_layout Standard
14054 This file type has the extension
14055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14067 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
14068 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
14069 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
14070 suitable for the purpose.
14071 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
14072 it, but not all do.
14075 \begin_layout Standard
14076 XHTML output remains
14077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14084 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
14086 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14089 LyX and the World Wide Web
14090 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14095 Additional Features
14097 manual, for more information.
14100 \begin_layout Standard
14101 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
14103 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14104 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14110 \begin_layout Subsection
14112 \begin_inset Index idx
14115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14124 \begin_layout Standard
14125 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
14126 breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
14132 \change_deleted -712698321 1301225765
14134 \change_inserted -712698321 1301225910
14139 or the toolbar button
14148 A viewing program will pop up showing the output
14149 \change_inserted -712698321 1301226025
14150 in the defined default output format, which is globally set in the preferences
14152 \begin_inset space ~
14156 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14158 reference "sec:File-Formats"
14162 ) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
14164 \begin_inset space ~
14168 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14170 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
14178 \change_deleted -712698321 1301226035
14180 \change_inserted -712698321 1301226047
14181 Further output formats can be selected via
14182 \change_deleted -712698321 1301226049
14187 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14189 \change_deleted -712698321 1301226053
14191 \change_inserted -712698321 1301226055
14197 \change_deleted -712698321 1301226064
14198 you can use the toolbar button
14199 \begin_inset Graphics
14200 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
14202 groupId toolbarbuttons
14209 arg "buffer-view dvi"
14214 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14216 \begin_inset space ~
14222 \begin_inset Graphics
14223 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
14225 groupId toolbarbuttons
14231 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14235 \begin_inset Graphics
14236 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
14238 groupId toolbarbuttons
14245 arg "buffer-view ps"
14249 \change_inserted -712698321 1301226110
14250 or the toolbar button
14251 \begin_inset Graphics
14252 filename ../images/view-others.png
14254 groupId toolbarbuttons
14263 \begin_layout Standard
14264 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
14265 viewer window using the menu
14267 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14269 \change_inserted -712698321 1301226188
14274 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14275 Update (Other Formats)
14282 \begin_layout Standard
14283 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
14285 To have a real output, export your document.
14288 \begin_layout Subsection
14289 Printing the File from within LyX
14290 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14292 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
14299 \begin_layout Standard
14300 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
14301 it directly from within LyX.
14302 To print a file, select the menu
14304 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14307 or click on the toolbar button
14310 arg "dialog-show print"
14314 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
14315 This file is then processed by the program
14319 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
14324 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
14327 \begin_layout Standard
14328 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
14329 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
14330 printing one set to print on the other side.
14331 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
14332 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
14333 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
14336 \begin_layout Standard
14337 You can set the parameters in the
14340 \begin_inset space ~
14348 \begin_layout Labeling
14349 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14354 This is the name of the printer to print to.
14358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14359 Note that this printer name is for the program
14368 has to be configured for this printer name.
14369 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
14370 \begin_inset space ~
14374 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14376 reference "sub:Printer"
14385 The printer should understand PostScript.
14388 \begin_layout Labeling
14389 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14394 The name of a file to print to.
14395 The output will be a PostScript file.
14396 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
14400 \begin_layout Section
14401 A few Words about Typography
14402 \begin_inset Index idx
14405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14414 \begin_layout Subsection
14416 \begin_inset Index idx
14419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14428 \begin_layout Standard
14430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14441 character comes in four lengths: the
14453 , and the minus sign:
14454 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
14460 \begin_layout Standard
14461 \begin_inset Tabular
14462 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
14463 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
14464 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14465 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14466 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14467 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14496 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14536 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14561 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14563 \begin_inset space ~
14566 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14573 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14598 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14600 \begin_inset space ~
14603 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14624 \begin_inset Formula $-$
14632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14636 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14658 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
14664 \begin_layout Standard
14665 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
14666 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14674 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14677 character multiple times in a row.
14678 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
14679 the final output, but not in LyX.
14681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14685 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14693 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14697 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14701 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14711 \begin_layout Standard
14712 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
14713 math mode and has a length of its own.
14714 Here are some examples of the
14715 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14723 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14729 \begin_layout Enumerate
14730 line- and page-breaks
14731 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14741 \begin_layout Enumerate
14743 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14753 \begin_layout Enumerate
14754 Oh — there's a dash.
14755 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14765 \begin_layout Enumerate
14766 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
14770 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14780 \begin_layout Subsection
14782 \begin_inset Index idx
14785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14792 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14794 name "sub:Hyphenation"
14801 \begin_layout Standard
14802 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
14803 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
14808 \begin_inset Index idx
14811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14812 LaTeX-packages ! babel
14817 following the rules of the document language
14821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14822 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
14830 \begin_inset space ~
14834 \begin_inset space ~
14841 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14852 \begin_layout Standard
14853 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
14858 font and with unusual constructs, like
14859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14867 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
14868 This is done with the menu
14870 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14871 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14873 \begin_inset space ~
14879 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
14880 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
14883 \begin_layout Standard
14884 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
14885 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
14887 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14891 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14895 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
14896 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14900 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14903 as a hyphenation possibility.
14904 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
14905 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
14906 as described in section
14907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14910 Prevent Hyphenation
14911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14921 \begin_layout Subsection
14923 \begin_inset Index idx
14926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14935 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14936 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
14937 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14939 name "sub:Abbreviations"
14946 \begin_layout Standard
14947 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
14948 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
14949 LaTeX then adds the
14950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14953 appropriate amount of space
14954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14958 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
14960 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
14963 \begin_layout Standard
14964 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
14965 not work in all cases.
14967 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14978 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
14979 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
14982 \begin_layout Standard
14983 Here are some examples of
14987 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
14990 \begin_layout Itemize
14995 \begin_layout Itemize
15000 \begin_layout Standard
15001 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
15004 \begin_layout Itemize
15006 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15010 this is too much space!
15013 \begin_layout Itemize
15018 \begin_layout Standard
15019 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
15022 \begin_layout Standard
15023 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
15026 \begin_layout Enumerate
15030 \begin_inset space ~
15035 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
15036 \begin_inset space ~
15040 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15042 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
15047 \begin_inset Index idx
15050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15051 Spaces ! inter-word
15059 \begin_layout Enumerate
15063 \begin_inset space ~
15068 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
15069 \begin_inset space ~
15073 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15075 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
15080 \begin_inset Index idx
15083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15092 \begin_layout Enumerate
15096 \begin_inset space ~
15100 \begin_inset space ~
15104 \begin_inset space ~
15111 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15113 \begin_inset space ~
15118 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
15119 This function is also bound to
15122 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
15128 \begin_layout Standard
15129 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
15132 \begin_layout Itemize
15134 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15138 \begin_inset space \space{}
15141 this is too much space!
15144 \begin_layout Itemize
15145 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
15149 \begin_layout Standard
15150 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
15151 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
15152 will take care of this.
15155 \begin_layout Standard
15156 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
15160 \begin_inset space ~
15165 feature described in section
15171 Additional Features
15176 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15178 \begin_inset Index idx
15181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15182 Typography ! Quotes
15188 \begin_inset Index idx
15191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15222 \begin_layout Standard
15223 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
15224 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
15225 and use a closing quote at the end.
15227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15235 The keyboard character,
15239 , generates this automatically.
15242 \begin_layout Standard
15243 You can change the behavior of the
15247 key using the submenu
15253 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15257 \begin_inset Index idx
15260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15261 Document ! Settings
15269 \begin_layout Standard
15270 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
15275 There are six choices:
15278 \begin_layout Labeling
15279 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15291 Use quotes like this
15292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15300 \begin_inset Quotes els
15304 \begin_inset Quotes ers
15310 \begin_layout Labeling
15311 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15314 \begin_inset Quotes sld
15318 \begin_inset Quotes srd
15324 \begin_inset Quotes sld
15328 \begin_inset Quotes srd
15332 \begin_inset Quotes ers
15338 \begin_layout Labeling
15339 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15342 \begin_inset Quotes gld
15346 \begin_inset Quotes grd
15352 \begin_inset Quotes gld
15356 \begin_inset Quotes grd
15360 \begin_inset Quotes gls
15364 \begin_inset Quotes grs
15370 \begin_layout Labeling
15371 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15374 \begin_inset Quotes pld
15378 \begin_inset Quotes prd
15384 \begin_inset Quotes pld
15388 \begin_inset Quotes prd
15392 \begin_inset Quotes pls
15396 \begin_inset Quotes prs
15402 \begin_layout Labeling
15403 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15406 \begin_inset Quotes fld
15410 \begin_inset Quotes frd
15416 \begin_inset Quotes fld
15420 \begin_inset Quotes frd
15424 \begin_inset Quotes fls
15428 \begin_inset Quotes frs
15434 \begin_layout Labeling
15435 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15438 \begin_inset Quotes ald
15442 \begin_inset Quotes ard
15448 \begin_inset Quotes ald
15452 \begin_inset Quotes ard
15456 \begin_inset Quotes als
15460 \begin_inset Quotes ars
15466 \begin_layout Standard
15467 These settings affect what character the
15474 \begin_layout Subsection
15476 \begin_inset Index idx
15479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15480 Typography ! Ligatures
15486 \begin_inset Index idx
15489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15518 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15520 name "sub:Ligatures"
15527 \begin_layout Standard
15528 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
15529 print them as single characters.
15530 These groups are known as
15535 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
15537 Here are the standard ligatures:
15540 \begin_layout Itemize
15544 \begin_layout Itemize
15548 \begin_layout Itemize
15552 \begin_layout Itemize
15556 \begin_layout Itemize
15560 \begin_layout Standard
15561 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
15564 \begin_layout Standard
15565 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
15566 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
15567 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15574 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
15575 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15579 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15583 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15587 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15590 To break a ligature, use
15592 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15593 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15595 \begin_inset space ~
15602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15606 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15610 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15613 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
15615 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15627 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15630 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
15632 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15638 \begin_layout Subsection
15640 \begin_inset Index idx
15643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15650 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15652 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
15659 \begin_layout Standard
15660 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
15661 characters in different sizes and heights.
15662 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
15663 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
15664 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15683 \begin_inset Note Note
15686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15687 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
15688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15695 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
15696 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
15701 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
15705 \begin_layout Description
15706 LyX The name of the game, write
15707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15722 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15728 \begin_layout Description
15729 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
15730 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15751 \begin_layout Description
15752 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
15753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15774 \begin_layout Description
15775 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
15776 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15797 \begin_layout Standard
15798 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
15799 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15803 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
15807 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15811 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
15812 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
15813 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
15816 : The actual version is
15817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15821 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15824 , the previous one was
15825 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15829 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15835 \begin_layout Standard
15836 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
15837 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15841 \begin_inset space \space{}
15844 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
15846 This will look in LyX like:
15847 \begin_inset Graphics
15848 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
15854 \begin_inset Newline newline
15857 For more about TeX Code, look at section
15858 \begin_inset space ~
15862 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15864 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
15871 \begin_layout Subsection
15873 \begin_inset Index idx
15876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15885 \begin_layout Standard
15886 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
15887 space between two words.
15888 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
15891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15898 for units use the menu
15900 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15901 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15903 \begin_inset space ~
15911 arg "space-insert thin"
15917 \begin_layout Standard
15918 Here's an example to show the differences:
15921 \begin_layout Standard
15922 \begin_inset Tabular
15923 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
15924 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15925 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15926 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15933 \begin_inset space ~
15937 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15949 space between number and unit
15956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15961 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15965 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15977 half space between number and unit
15990 \begin_layout Subsection
15992 \begin_inset Index idx
15995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15996 Typography ! Widows and orphans
16004 \begin_layout Standard
16005 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
16007 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
16008 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
16009 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
16010 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
16011 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
16012 These bits of text became known as
16023 \begin_layout Standard
16024 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
16025 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
16026 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
16027 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
16028 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
16029 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
16030 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
16033 \begin_layout Standard
16034 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
16035 or how you can tweak that behavior.
16036 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
16037 \begin_inset space ~
16041 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16043 key "latexcompanion"
16048 \begin_inset space ~
16052 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16058 ] may have more information.
16059 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
16062 \begin_layout Chapter
16063 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
16064 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16066 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
16073 \begin_layout Standard
16074 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
16079 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
16082 \begin_layout Section
16084 \begin_inset Index idx
16087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16094 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16103 \begin_layout Standard
16104 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
16107 \begin_layout Description
16109 \begin_inset space ~
16112 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
16113 \begin_inset Newline newline
16117 \begin_inset Note Note
16120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16121 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
16129 \begin_layout Description
16130 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
16131 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
16133 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16134 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16135 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
16138 \begin_inset Newline newline
16142 \begin_inset Note Comment
16145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16146 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
16154 \begin_layout Description
16156 \begin_inset space ~
16159 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
16160 \begin_inset Newline newline
16164 \begin_inset Newline newline
16168 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16177 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
16178 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
16179 How this can be done is explained in the
16188 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
16194 \begin_inset Newline newline
16198 \begin_inset Newline newline
16201 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
16202 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
16205 \begin_layout Standard
16206 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
16214 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16218 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
16221 \begin_layout Section
16223 \begin_inset Index idx
16226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16233 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16235 name "sec:Footnotes"
16242 \begin_layout Standard
16243 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
16246 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16249 or the toolbar button
16252 arg "footnote-insert"
16264 \begin_inset Graphics
16265 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
16274 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
16284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16303 label, the box will
16307 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
16308 Clicking on the box label again, will close
16321 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
16337 \begin_layout Standard
16338 Here's an example footnote:
16346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16347 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
16355 \begin_layout Standard
16356 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
16357 position where the footnote box is placed.
16358 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
16359 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
16360 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
16361 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
16362 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
16367 ey are described in the
16374 \begin_layout Section
16376 \begin_inset Index idx
16379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16386 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16388 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
16395 \begin_layout Standard
16396 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
16397 When you insert a margin note via the menu
16399 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16401 \begin_inset space ~
16406 or the toolbar button
16409 arg "marginalnote-insert"
16428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16432 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16435 appearing within your text.
16436 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
16445 \begin_layout Standard
16446 At the side is an example marginal note.
16450 \begin_inset Marginal
16453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16454 This is a marginal note.
16462 \begin_layout Standard
16463 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
16464 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
16465 pages, right on odd pages.
16468 \begin_layout Section
16469 Graphics and Images
16470 \begin_inset Index idx
16473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16480 \begin_inset Index idx
16483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16490 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16492 name "sec:Graphics"
16499 \begin_layout Standard
16500 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
16501 you want and click on the toolbar icon
16504 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
16509 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16513 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
16516 \begin_layout Standard
16517 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
16522 tab allows you to choose your image file.
16523 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
16525 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
16526 \begin_inset space ~
16530 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16532 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
16539 \begin_layout Standard
16544 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
16545 of the image in the output.
16546 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
16550 \begin_inset space ~
16554 \begin_inset space ~
16563 \begin_inset space ~
16567 \begin_inset space ~
16571 \begin_inset space ~
16576 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
16577 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
16585 \begin_layout Standard
16588 LaTeX and LyX options
16590 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
16591 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
16595 \begin_inset space ~
16600 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
16601 with the image size is printed.
16605 \begin_inset space ~
16609 \begin_inset space ~
16613 \begin_inset space ~
16618 is explained in the
16629 \begin_layout Standard
16630 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
16631 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
16633 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
16637 \begin_layout Standard
16639 \begin_inset Graphics
16640 filename clipart/mobius.eps
16648 \begin_layout Standard
16649 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
16650 the image into a float, see section
16651 \begin_inset space ~
16655 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16657 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
16664 \begin_layout Subsection
16666 \begin_inset Index idx
16669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16676 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16678 name "sub:Image-Formats"
16685 \begin_layout Standard
16686 You can insert images in any known file format.
16687 But as we explained in section
16688 \begin_inset space ~
16692 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16694 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
16698 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
16699 LyX uses therefore the program
16703 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
16704 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
16705 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
16706 \begin_inset space ~
16710 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16712 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
16719 \begin_layout Standard
16720 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
16723 \begin_layout Description
16725 \begin_inset space ~
16728 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
16729 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
16730 Well-known bitmap image formats are
16731 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16734 Graphics Interchange Format
16735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16738 (GIF, file extension
16739 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16751 \begin_inset Index idx
16754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16783 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16786 Portable Network Graphics
16787 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16790 (PNG, file extension
16791 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16799 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16803 \begin_inset Index idx
16806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16835 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16838 Joint Photographic Experts Group
16839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16842 (JPG, file extension
16843 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16851 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16855 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16867 \begin_inset Index idx
16870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16901 \begin_layout Description
16903 \begin_inset space ~
16906 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
16908 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
16909 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
16910 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
16911 \begin_inset Newline newline
16914 Scalable image formats can be
16915 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16918 Scalable Vector Graphics
16919 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16922 (SVG, file extension
16923 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16935 \begin_inset Index idx
16938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16967 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16970 Encapsulated PostScript
16971 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16974 (EPS, file extension
16975 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16983 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16987 \begin_inset Index idx
16990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17019 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17022 Portable Document Format
17023 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17026 (PDF, file extension
17027 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17035 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17039 \begin_inset Index idx
17042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17049 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
17050 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
17051 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
17056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17057 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
17065 \begin_layout Standard
17066 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
17070 \begin_layout Subsection
17071 Grouping of Image Settings
17072 \begin_inset Index idx
17075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17076 Images ! Settings grouping
17084 \begin_layout Standard
17085 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
17087 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
17088 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
17090 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
17091 need to manually change each of them.
17095 \begin_layout Standard
17096 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
17099 \begin_inset space ~
17104 field in the Graphics dialog.
17105 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
17106 by checking the name of the desired group.
17109 \begin_layout Section
17111 \begin_inset Index idx
17114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17121 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17130 \begin_layout Standard
17131 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
17134 arg "tabular-insert"
17139 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17143 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
17144 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
17145 from the rest of the table.
17146 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
17147 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
17149 Here's an example table:
17152 \begin_layout Standard
17154 \begin_inset Tabular
17155 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
17156 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
17157 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17158 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17159 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17160 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17360 \begin_layout Subsection
17364 \begin_layout Standard
17365 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
17366 brings up the table dialog.
17367 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
17368 where the cursor is placed currently.
17369 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
17370 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
17371 done on all of your selection.
17374 \begin_layout Standard
17375 Additionally to the table dialog, the
17378 \begin_inset space ~
17383 helps you in setting table properties.
17384 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
17387 \begin_layout Standard
17391 \begin_inset space ~
17396 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
17397 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
17398 current cell respectively.
17399 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
17401 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
17402 of text, see section
17403 \begin_inset space ~
17407 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17409 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
17416 \begin_layout Standard
17417 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
17418 using the check box
17427 This will merge the cells to
17431 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
17432 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
17433 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
17434 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
17435 in the last row without the upper border:
17438 \begin_layout Standard
17440 \begin_inset Tabular
17441 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
17442 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
17443 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17444 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
17445 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17446 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17457 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17466 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17542 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17577 \begin_layout Standard
17578 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
17579 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
17580 explained in the tables section of the
17583 \begin_inset space ~
17589 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
17590 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
17593 degrees counterclockwise.
17594 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
17597 \begin_layout Standard
17598 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
17601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17606 Most DVI-viewers are
17610 able to display rotations.
17618 \begin_layout Standard
17623 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
17628 adds lines for all cell borders.
17631 \begin_layout Subsection
17633 \begin_inset Index idx
17636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17637 Tables ! Longtables
17643 \begin_inset Index idx
17646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17655 \begin_layout Standard
17656 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
17659 \begin_inset space ~
17663 \begin_inset space ~
17672 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
17673 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
17676 \begin_layout Description
17681 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
17682 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
17683 except for the first page, if
17686 \begin_inset space ~
17694 \begin_layout Description
17698 \begin_inset space ~
17703 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
17704 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
17707 \begin_layout Description
17712 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
17713 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
17714 except for the last page, if
17717 \begin_inset space ~
17725 \begin_layout Description
17729 \begin_inset space ~
17734 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
17735 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
17738 \begin_layout Description
17739 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
17740 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
17742 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17746 More about longtable captions can be found in the
17749 \begin_inset space ~
17757 \begin_layout Standard
17758 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
17759 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
17760 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
17761 The others will then be defined as
17766 In this context, first means first in this order:
17769 \begin_inset space ~
17781 \begin_inset space ~
17787 See the following longtable to see how it works:
17790 \begin_layout Standard
17792 \begin_inset Tabular
17793 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
17794 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
17795 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
17796 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17797 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17798 <row endfirsthead="true">
17799 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17805 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
17810 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17819 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17829 <row endfirsthead="true">
17830 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17841 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17850 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17862 <row endhead="true">
17863 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17874 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17883 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17893 <row endhead="true">
17894 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17905 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17914 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17926 <row endfoot="true">
17927 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17938 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17947 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17978 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18919 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18928 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18937 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18948 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18979 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19010 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19041 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19072 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19103 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19134 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19165 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19196 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19227 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19258 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19289 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19320 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19351 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19382 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19413 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19444 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19475 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19506 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19537 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19568 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19599 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19630 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19661 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19692 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19723 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19754 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19785 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19816 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19847 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19878 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19908 <row endlastfoot="true">
19909 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19920 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19929 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19946 \begin_layout Subsection
19948 \begin_inset Index idx
19951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19958 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19960 name "sub:Table-Cells"
19967 \begin_layout Standard
19968 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
19969 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
19970 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
19971 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
19975 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
19976 for the cell's paragraph.
19979 \begin_layout Standard
19980 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
19981 for the column in the table dialog.
19982 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
19983 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
19987 \begin_layout Standard
19989 \begin_inset Tabular
19990 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
19991 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19992 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19993 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
19994 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20014 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20083 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20139 This is longer now.
20144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20195 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20196 This is longer now.
20201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20227 \begin_layout Standard
20228 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
20229 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
20233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20234 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
20235 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
20241 Selection with the mouse or with
20245 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
20246 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
20247 the selection from outside the table.
20250 \begin_layout Section
20252 \begin_inset Index idx
20255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20262 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20271 \begin_layout Standard
20272 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
20273 have a fixed location.
20275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20282 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
20290 \begin_inset space ~
20295 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
20296 too many notes on the page.
20299 \begin_layout Standard
20300 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
20301 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
20302 and pages without text.
20303 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
20304 , every float can be referenced in the text.
20305 Floats are therefore numbered.
20306 Referencing is described in section
20307 \begin_inset space ~
20311 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20313 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20320 \begin_layout Standard
20321 To insert a float, use the menu
20323 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20327 A box with a caption that has e.
20328 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20332 \begin_inset space \space{}
20336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20340 \begin_inset space ~
20344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20347 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
20348 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
20350 After the label you can insert the caption text.
20351 \begin_inset Index idx
20354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20360 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
20361 paragraph within the float.
20362 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
20363 by left-clicking on the box label.
20364 A closed float box looks like this:
20365 \begin_inset Graphics
20366 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
20371 – a gray button with a red label.
20374 \begin_layout Standard
20375 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
20376 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
20379 \begin_layout Subsection
20383 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20385 \begin_inset Index idx
20388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20389 Floats ! Figure floats
20395 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20397 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
20404 \begin_layout Standard
20407 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20408 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20411 inserts a float with the label
20412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20418 \begin_inset space ~
20424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20428 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
20429 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
20430 This is what we did for Figure
20431 \begin_inset space ~
20435 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20437 reference "cap:Platypus"
20442 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
20443 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
20444 This was done in Figure
20445 \begin_inset space ~
20449 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20451 reference "cap:Escher"
20458 \begin_layout Standard
20459 \begin_inset Float figure
20464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20466 \begin_inset Graphics
20467 filename clipart/platypus.eps
20475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20476 \begin_inset Caption
20478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20479 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20481 name "cap:Platypus"
20485 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
20498 \begin_layout Standard
20499 \begin_inset Float figure
20504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20505 \begin_inset Caption
20507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20508 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20525 \begin_inset Graphics
20526 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
20539 \begin_layout Standard
20540 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
20542 As described in section
20543 \begin_inset space ~
20547 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20549 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20553 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
20555 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20558 and refer to it using the menu
20560 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20564 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
20566 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20570 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20573 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
20575 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20579 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20585 \begin_layout Standard
20586 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
20587 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
20588 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
20589 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
20591 \begin_inset space ~
20595 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20597 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
20601 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
20602 You can also set the images one below the other.
20604 \begin_inset space ~
20608 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20610 reference "fig:Undefinable"
20615 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20617 reference "fig:Platypus"
20621 are the subfigures.
20624 \begin_layout Standard
20625 \begin_inset Float figure
20630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20631 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20635 \begin_inset Float figure
20640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20641 \begin_inset Caption
20643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20644 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20646 name "fig:Undefinable"
20658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20659 \begin_inset Graphics
20660 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
20671 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20675 \begin_inset Float figure
20680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20681 \begin_inset Caption
20683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20684 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20686 name "fig:Platypus"
20698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20699 \begin_inset Graphics
20700 filename clipart/platypus.eps
20712 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20719 \begin_inset Caption
20721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20722 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20724 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
20728 Two distorted images.
20741 \begin_layout Standard
20742 Note that the caption is added to the
20745 \begin_inset space ~
20749 \begin_inset space ~
20754 as described in section
20755 \begin_inset space ~
20759 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20761 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
20768 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20770 \begin_inset Index idx
20773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20774 Floats ! Table floats
20782 \begin_layout Standard
20783 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
20785 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20786 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20790 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
20793 \begin_inset space ~
20797 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20799 reference "cap:Table-float"
20803 is an example of a table float.
20806 \begin_layout Standard
20807 \begin_inset Float table
20812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20813 \begin_inset Caption
20815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20816 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20818 name "cap:Table-float"
20830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20832 \begin_inset Tabular
20833 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
20834 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20835 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20836 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20837 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20964 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
20972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20985 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20988 \end{array}\right]$
20996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21009 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
21030 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21032 \begin_inset Index idx
21035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21036 Floats ! Algorithm floats
21044 \begin_layout Standard
21045 This float type is inserted with the menu
21047 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21048 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21052 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
21053 A possible environment for algorithms is the
21057 , described in section
21058 \begin_inset space ~
21062 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21064 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
21071 \begin_layout Standard
21072 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21080 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
21086 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
21089 \begin_layout Standard
21094 floatname{algorithm}{your
21095 \begin_inset space ~
21101 \begin_layout Standard
21102 to the document preamble (menu
21104 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21111 \begin_inset space ~
21117 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21131 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21133 \begin_inset Index idx
21136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21137 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
21145 \begin_layout Standard
21146 \begin_inset Wrap figure
21153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21154 \begin_inset Graphics
21155 filename clipart/mobius.eps
21163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21164 \begin_inset Caption
21166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21167 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21169 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
21173 This is a wrapped figure.
21174 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21187 This float type is used if you want to
21188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21195 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
21197 It can be inserted using the menu
21199 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21200 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21202 \begin_inset space ~
21207 if the LaTeX-package
21212 \begin_inset Index idx
21215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21216 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
21225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21226 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
21229 \begin_inset space ~
21239 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
21242 \begin_inset space ~
21246 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21248 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
21252 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
21253 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21261 Available units are explained in Appendix
21262 \begin_inset space ~
21266 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21268 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
21277 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
21281 \begin_layout Standard
21282 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21290 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
21291 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21295 \begin_inset space \space{}
21298 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
21299 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
21308 \begin_layout Itemize
21309 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
21310 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
21311 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
21312 page breaks will appear.
21315 \begin_layout Itemize
21316 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
21317 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
21320 \begin_layout Itemize
21321 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
21322 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
21325 \begin_layout Itemize
21326 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
21329 \begin_layout Subsection
21331 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21333 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
21338 \begin_inset Index idx
21341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21350 \begin_layout Standard
21351 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
21352 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
21356 \begin_inset space ~
21364 \begin_layout Standard
21365 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
21366 have a multicolumn document).
21367 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
21370 \begin_inset space ~
21376 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
21377 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
21384 \begin_layout Standard
21385 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
21386 format is also the same: Table
21387 \begin_inset space ~
21391 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21393 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
21397 is an example of a rotated table float.
21400 \begin_layout Standard
21401 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21409 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
21417 \begin_layout Standard
21418 \begin_inset Float table
21423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21424 \begin_inset Caption
21426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21427 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21429 name "cap:Rotated-table"
21441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21443 \begin_inset Tabular
21444 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
21445 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21446 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21447 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21448 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21449 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21450 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21510 \begin_layout Subsection
21512 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21514 name "sub:Float-Placement"
21519 \begin_inset Index idx
21522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21531 \begin_layout Standard
21532 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
21533 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
21534 \begin_inset Newline newline
21540 \begin_inset space ~
21545 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
21546 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
21547 \begin_inset Newline newline
21553 \begin_inset space ~
21558 is used to rotate floats, see section
21559 \begin_inset space ~
21563 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21565 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
21572 \begin_layout Standard
21573 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
21574 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
21577 \begin_inset space ~
21581 \begin_inset space ~
21589 \begin_layout Description
21591 \begin_inset space ~
21595 \begin_inset space ~
21598 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
21601 \begin_layout Description
21603 \begin_inset space ~
21607 \begin_inset space ~
21610 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
21613 \begin_layout Description
21615 \begin_inset space ~
21619 \begin_inset space ~
21622 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
21625 \begin_layout Description
21627 \begin_inset space ~
21631 \begin_inset space ~
21634 floats: try to place the float at an own page
21637 \begin_layout Standard
21638 The order of the above option is
21643 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
21647 \begin_inset space ~
21651 \begin_inset space ~
21659 \begin_inset space ~
21663 \begin_inset space ~
21668 , and then the others.
21669 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
21671 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
21672 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
21675 \begin_layout Standard
21676 By default, each option has its own rules:
21679 \begin_layout Standard
21683 \begin_inset space ~
21687 \begin_inset space ~
21692 only floats occupying less than 70
21693 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21696 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
21699 \begin_layout Standard
21703 \begin_inset space ~
21707 \begin_inset space ~
21712 : only floats occupying less than 30
21713 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21716 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
21719 \begin_layout Standard
21723 \begin_inset space ~
21727 \begin_inset space ~
21732 : only if more than 50
21733 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21736 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
21740 \begin_layout Standard
21741 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
21745 \begin_inset space ~
21749 \begin_inset space ~
21757 \begin_layout Standard
21758 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
21759 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
21760 For this case you can use the option
21763 \begin_inset space ~
21769 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
21771 Because the float is then no longer able to
21772 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21779 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
21782 \begin_layout Standard
21783 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
21784 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
21787 \begin_layout Standard
21788 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
21790 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
21792 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
21799 \begin_layout Section
21801 \begin_inset Index idx
21804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21811 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21813 name "sec:Minipages"
21820 \begin_layout Standard
21821 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
21823 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
21824 \begin_inset space ~
21831 \begin_layout Standard
21832 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
21834 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21838 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
21839 and its alignment within the page.
21842 \begin_layout Standard
21844 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21854 height_special "totalheight"
21857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21860 This is a minipage.
21861 The text is set in an italic style.
21864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21867 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21868 another formatting.
21876 \begin_layout Standard
21877 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21880 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21884 as described in section
21885 \begin_inset space ~
21889 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21891 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21896 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21902 \begin_layout Standard
21903 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21913 height_special "totalheight"
21916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21917 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21918 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21924 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21928 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21938 height_special "totalheight"
21941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21942 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21943 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21951 \begin_layout Standard
21952 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21958 \begin_layout Standard
21959 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
21960 to other box types.
21961 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
21972 \begin_layout Chapter
21973 Mathematical Formulas
21974 \begin_inset Index idx
21977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21984 \begin_inset Index idx
21987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22016 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22018 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
22025 \begin_layout Standard
22026 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
22031 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
22034 \begin_layout Section
22036 \begin_inset Index idx
22039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22048 \begin_layout Standard
22049 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
22056 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
22058 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
22059 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
22060 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
22062 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22068 \begin_layout Standard
22069 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
22073 \begin_inset space ~
22078 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
22081 \begin_layout Standard
22082 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
22083 line, like this one:
22086 \begin_layout Standard
22087 This is a line with an inline formula
22088 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
22094 \begin_layout Standard
22095 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
22097 \begin_inset Formula
22104 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
22107 \begin_layout Standard
22108 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
22110 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22114 \begin_inset space \space{}
22118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22128 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22131 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
22132 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
22136 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
22139 \begin_inset space ~
22147 \begin_layout Subsection
22148 Navigating in Formulas
22149 \begin_inset Index idx
22152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22161 \begin_layout Standard
22162 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
22163 achieved with the arrow keys.
22164 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
22165 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
22170 will leave a formula construct (a square root
22171 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
22175 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
22179 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
22182 \end{array}\right]$
22190 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
22195 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
22196 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
22199 \begin_layout Standard
22204 , printed in this document as
22205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22226 \begin_inset Note Note
22229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22230 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
22231 space character (visible space).
22236 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
22237 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
22238 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
22243 For example, if you want
22244 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
22255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22298 , since in the latter case only the
22301 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
22306 will be under the square root sign:
22307 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
22313 \begin_layout Standard
22314 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
22316 \begin_inset Formula
22318 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22327 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
22328 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
22331 \begin_layout Subsection
22335 \begin_layout Standard
22336 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
22337 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
22341 and a cursor movement key to select text.
22342 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
22343 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
22344 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
22345 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
22348 \begin_layout Subsection
22349 Exponents and Subscripts
22350 \begin_inset Index idx
22353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22360 \begin_inset Index idx
22363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22372 \begin_layout Standard
22373 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
22374 way is to use a command.
22376 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
22379 , type in a formula
22385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22401 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
22407 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
22411 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
22420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22432 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
22434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22441 , you have to use an extra
22445 to separate the hat and the character.
22447 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22451 \begin_inset space \space{}
22455 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
22464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22476 Subscripts are similar: To get
22477 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22500 \begin_layout Subsection
22502 \begin_inset Index idx
22505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22514 \begin_layout Standard
22515 Create a fraction with either the command
22522 \begin_inset Graphics
22523 filename ../images/math/frac.png
22531 \begin_inset space ~
22537 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22538 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22539 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22544 To move back up, press
22549 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22550 \begin_inset Formula
22552 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22555 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22563 \begin_layout Subsection
22565 \begin_inset Index idx
22568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22577 \begin_layout Standard
22578 Roots can be created using the
22581 \begin_inset space ~
22587 \begin_inset Graphics
22588 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
22590 groupId toolbarbuttons
22613 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22619 produces always a square root.
22622 \begin_layout Subsection
22623 Operators with Limits
22624 \begin_inset Index idx
22627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22634 \begin_inset Index idx
22637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22644 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22646 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22653 \begin_layout Standard
22655 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22659 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22662 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22663 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
22664 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22665 The sum operator will automatically place its
22666 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22670 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22673 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
22676 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22680 \begin_inset Formula
22682 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
22687 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22691 \begin_layout Standard
22692 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22694 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22695 behind the operator and hitting
22703 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22704 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22706 \begin_inset space ~
22710 \begin_inset space ~
22718 \begin_layout Standard
22719 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
22720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22727 feature as addition, such as
22728 \begin_inset Index idx
22731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22738 \begin_inset Formula
22740 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
22745 which will place the
22746 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
22750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22758 In inline formulas it looks like this:
22759 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
22765 \begin_layout Standard
22766 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
22773 Have a look at section
22774 \begin_inset space ~
22778 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22780 reference "sub:Functions"
22784 for an explanation of function macros.
22787 \begin_layout Subsection
22789 \begin_inset Index idx
22792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22801 \begin_layout Standard
22802 Most math symbols can be found in the
22805 \begin_inset space ~
22810 under one of several categories; including
22827 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
22831 \begin_layout Standard
22832 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
22833 you don't have to use the
22836 \begin_inset space ~
22841 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
22842 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
22845 \begin_layout Subsection
22847 \begin_inset Index idx
22850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22859 \begin_layout Standard
22860 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22865 arg "space-insert protected"
22871 \begin_inset space ~
22877 \begin_inset Graphics
22878 filename ../images/math/space.png
22880 groupId toolbarbuttons
22885 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22886 For example, the sequence
22891 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22895 \begin_inset Graphics
22896 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22901 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22902 the space marker and hit space again several times.
22903 With every space hit the size will be changed.
22904 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
22906 Here are two examples:
22909 \begin_layout Standard
22919 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
22925 \begin_layout Standard
22935 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
22941 \begin_layout Subsection
22943 \begin_inset Index idx
22946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22953 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22955 name "sub:Functions"
22962 \begin_layout Standard
22966 \begin_inset space ~
22971 contains under the button
22972 \begin_inset Graphics
22973 filename ../images/math/functions.png
22975 groupId toolbarbuttons
22979 a number of function macros, such as
22980 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
22984 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
22992 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
22999 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
23000 avoid confusions, because
23001 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
23005 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
23011 \begin_layout Standard
23012 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
23014 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
23018 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
23024 \begin_layout Standard
23025 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
23026 s are placed, as described in section
23027 \begin_inset space ~
23031 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23033 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
23040 \begin_layout Subsection
23042 \begin_inset Index idx
23045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23054 \begin_layout Standard
23055 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
23057 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
23058 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
23059 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23063 \begin_inset space \space{}
23067 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23070 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
23071 Our example is entered by typing
23079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23092 \begin_inset space ~
23096 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23098 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
23102 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
23105 \begin_layout Standard
23106 \begin_inset Float table
23111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23112 \begin_inset Caption
23114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23115 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23117 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
23121 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
23129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23131 \begin_inset Tabular
23132 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
23133 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23134 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23135 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23136 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23220 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23274 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
23284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23328 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
23338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23382 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
23392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23436 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
23446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23490 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23544 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23598 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23652 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23697 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
23718 \begin_layout Standard
23719 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
23722 \begin_inset space ~
23728 \begin_inset Graphics
23729 filename ../images/math/hat.png
23731 groupId toolbarbuttons
23735 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
23739 \begin_layout Section
23740 Brackets and Delimiters
23741 \begin_inset Index idx
23744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23751 \begin_inset Index idx
23754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23761 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23763 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23770 \begin_layout Standard
23771 There are several brackets available through LyX.
23772 For most purposes, using just the keys
23777 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
23778 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
23779 toolbar delimiter icon
23782 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
23786 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
23788 \begin_inset Formula
23790 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
23798 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
23799 \begin_inset Formula
23801 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
23809 \begin_layout Standard
23810 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
23811 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
23814 \begin_layout Standard
23815 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
23816 left side and right side.
23817 If you use the option
23820 \begin_inset space ~
23825 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
23826 The selection will be shown below the button field.
23827 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
23828 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
23831 \begin_layout Standard
23832 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
23833 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
23834 inside the brackets.
23835 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
23840 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
23843 \begin_layout Section
23844 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
23845 \begin_inset Index idx
23848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23855 \begin_inset Index idx
23858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23865 \begin_inset Index idx
23868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23869 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23877 \begin_layout Standard
23878 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
23881 \begin_inset space ~
23887 \begin_inset Graphics
23888 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
23890 groupId toolbarbuttons
23895 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
23896 Here is an example:
23897 \begin_inset Formula
23899 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
23908 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
23909 \begin_inset space ~
23913 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23915 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23920 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
23921 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
23922 This alignment is set in the box
23927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23935 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23939 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23947 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23951 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23959 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23972 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23975 for every column as default.
23976 For example, the sequence
23977 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23985 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23988 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
23989 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
23990 corresponds to the relevant column.
23991 The result will look like this:
23992 \begin_inset Formula
23995 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
23996 column & has & has\, right\\
23997 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
24006 \begin_layout Standard
24007 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
24010 arg "newline-insert newline"
24013 while the cursor is in the matrix.
24014 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
24016 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24019 or the math toolbar.
24022 \begin_layout Standard
24023 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
24024 It can be created with the menu
24026 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24027 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24029 \begin_inset space ~
24041 Here is an example:
24042 \begin_inset Formula
24056 \begin_layout Standard
24057 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24060 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
24063 arg "newline-insert newline"
24067 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
24072 arg "newline-insert newline"
24075 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
24076 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24080 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24083 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
24084 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
24085 A new row is created by every further hit of
24088 arg "newline-insert newline"
24092 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
24093 Here is an example:
24094 \begin_inset Formula
24096 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
24097 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
24102 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
24103 where you want to start the shift and hit
24108 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
24109 position to the next column.
24110 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
24111 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
24112 \begin_inset Formula
24114 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
24122 \begin_layout Standard
24123 The multi-line formula type described here is called
24130 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
24131 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
24132 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24134 reference "eq:asquared"
24139 The other types are described in section
24140 \begin_inset space ~
24144 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24146 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24153 \begin_layout Section
24154 Formula Numbering and Referencing
24155 \begin_inset Index idx
24158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24159 Math ! Formula numbering
24165 \begin_inset Index idx
24168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24169 Math ! Referencing formulas
24175 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24177 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24184 \begin_layout Standard
24185 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
24187 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24188 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24190 \begin_inset space ~
24198 arg "math-number-toggle"
24202 The formula number appears in LyX as
24203 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24207 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24210 within parentheses.
24212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24219 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
24221 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
24222 the document class.
24223 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
24224 separated by a dot:
24225 \begin_inset Formula
24235 arg "math-number-toggle"
24238 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
24239 You can only number displayed formulas.
24242 \begin_layout Standard
24243 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
24245 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24246 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24248 \begin_inset space ~
24252 \begin_inset space ~
24256 \begin_inset space ~
24264 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
24267 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
24268 \begin_inset Formula
24271 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
24277 To number all lines use the shortcut
24280 arg "math-number-toggle"
24286 \begin_layout Standard
24287 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24290 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
24291 A label is inserted with the menu
24293 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24296 when the cursor is in the formula.
24297 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
24298 It is recommended to use the proposed
24299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24310 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
24311 type when you have many labels in your document.
24312 We inserted in the following example the label
24313 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24317 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24320 in the second line:
24321 \begin_inset Formula
24323 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
24324 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
24329 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
24330 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
24332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24340 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
24342 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24344 \begin_inset space ~
24350 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
24351 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
24352 as the formula number:
24355 \begin_layout Standard
24356 This is a cross-reference to equation (
24357 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24359 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24366 \begin_layout Standard
24367 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
24368 \begin_inset space ~
24372 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24374 reference "sec:Cross-References"
24379 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
24382 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24385 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
24389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24390 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
24398 \begin_layout Section
24399 User defined math macros
24400 \begin_inset Index idx
24403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24412 \begin_layout Standard
24413 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
24414 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
24415 Math macros are explained in section
24418 \begin_inset space ~
24430 \begin_layout Section
24434 \begin_layout Subsection
24436 \begin_inset Index idx
24439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24448 \begin_layout Standard
24449 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
24450 To set a font in a formula, use the
24453 \begin_inset space ~
24459 \begin_inset Graphics
24460 filename ../images/math/font.png
24462 groupId toolbarbuttons
24466 , or enter its command, listed in table
24467 \begin_inset space ~
24471 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24473 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24480 \begin_layout Standard
24481 \begin_inset Float table
24486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24487 \begin_inset Caption
24489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24490 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24492 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24496 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24506 \begin_inset Tabular
24507 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24508 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
24509 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24510 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24542 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24569 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24596 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24629 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24656 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24683 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24717 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24744 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24778 \begin_layout Standard
24779 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24787 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24803 \begin_layout Standard
24804 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24805 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24810 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
24811 space when you need a space in the box.
24812 Here an example where
24813 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24824 denotes the set of numbers:
24825 \begin_inset Formula
24827 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
24835 \begin_layout Standard
24836 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24838 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24842 \begin_inset space \space{}
24854 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24858 \begin_inset Newline newline
24861 So it is better not to use this feature.
24864 \begin_layout Standard
24865 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24866 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24870 \begin_inset Newline newline
24873 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24879 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24880 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24886 \begin_layout Standard
24893 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24896 \begin_layout Standard
24897 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24899 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24900 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24902 \begin_inset space ~
24910 \begin_layout Subsection
24912 \begin_inset Index idx
24915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24924 \begin_layout Standard
24925 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24927 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24931 \begin_inset space ~
24935 \begin_inset space ~
24943 \begin_inset space ~
24949 \begin_inset Graphics
24950 filename ../images/math/font.png
24952 groupId toolbarbuttons
24963 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24964 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24965 Here is an example:
24966 \begin_inset Formula
24969 x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
24970 -x & \mbox{under Umständen}
24979 \begin_layout Subsection
24981 \begin_inset Index idx
24984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24993 \begin_layout Standard
24994 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24995 automatically chosen in most situations.
25013 For most characters,
25021 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
25022 and certain other structures, are set larger in
25027 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
25028 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
25030 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
25031 \begin_inset Graphics
25032 filename ../images/math/style.png
25034 groupId toolbarbuttons
25039 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
25040 For example, you can set
25041 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
25044 , which is normally in
25053 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
25057 The four styles are used in the following example:
25060 \begin_layout Standard
25061 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
25065 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
25069 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
25073 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
25079 \begin_layout Standard
25080 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
25081 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
25083 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25085 \begin_inset space ~
25090 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
25091 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
25092 will be adjusted to correspond.
25093 As an example here is a formula in the font size
25094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25104 \begin_layout Standard
25108 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
25114 \begin_layout Section
25118 \begin_layout Standard
25119 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
25120 the document classes and into layout modules.
25121 \begin_inset Index idx
25124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25130 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
25131 other than the AMS classes.
25133 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25135 reference "sub:Modules"
25139 for more on layout modules.
25142 \begin_layout Section
25144 \begin_inset Index idx
25147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25154 \begin_inset Index idx
25157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25166 \begin_layout Standard
25167 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
25168 (AMS) that are in common use.
25171 \begin_layout Subsection
25172 Enabling AMS-Support
25175 \begin_layout Standard
25176 Selecting the checkbox
25179 \begin_inset space ~
25183 \begin_inset space ~
25187 \begin_inset space ~
25194 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25198 \begin_inset Index idx
25201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25202 Document ! Settings
25210 \begin_inset space ~
25215 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
25217 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
25218 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
25221 \begin_layout Subsection
25223 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25225 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
25230 \begin_inset Index idx
25233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25234 Math ! Multi-line Equations
25242 \begin_layout Standard
25243 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
25244 LyX allows you to choose between
25265 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
25268 \begin_layout Chapter
25272 \begin_layout Section
25274 \begin_inset Index idx
25277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25284 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25286 name "sec:Cross-References"
25293 \begin_layout Standard
25294 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
25295 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
25297 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
25298 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
25299 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
25302 \begin_layout Enumerate
25306 \begin_layout Enumerate
25307 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25309 name "enu:Second-item"
25316 \begin_layout Enumerate
25320 \begin_layout Standard
25321 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
25323 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25326 or by pressing the toolbar button
25333 A grey label box like this:
25334 \begin_inset Graphics
25335 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
25340 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
25341 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
25343 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25351 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25356 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25364 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25368 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25372 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25376 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
25377 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25381 \begin_inset space \space{}
25384 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
25385 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25399 \begin_layout Standard
25400 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
25402 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25405 or the toolbar button
25408 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
25412 A grey cross-reference box like this:
25413 \begin_inset Graphics
25414 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
25419 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
25421 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
25422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25434 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
25438 \begin_layout Standard
25441 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25444 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
25449 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
25450 to the actual cursor position via the menu
25452 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25458 \begin_layout Standard
25459 Here is our cross-reference: Item
25460 \begin_inset space ~
25464 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25466 reference "enu:Second-item"
25473 \begin_layout Standard
25474 It is recommended to use a protected space
25478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25479 described in section
25480 \begin_inset space ~
25484 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25486 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
25495 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
25499 \begin_layout Standard
25500 There are six varieties of cross-references:
25503 \begin_layout Description
25504 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
25505 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25507 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25514 \begin_layout Description
25515 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25516 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25518 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25522 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25526 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25528 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25535 \begin_layout Description
25536 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25537 \begin_inset space ~
25541 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25542 LatexCommand pageref
25543 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25550 \begin_layout Description
25552 \begin_inset space ~
25556 \begin_inset space ~
25559 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25560 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25561 LatexCommand vpageref
25562 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25569 \begin_layout Description
25571 \begin_inset space ~
25575 \begin_inset space ~
25579 \begin_inset space ~
25582 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25583 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25585 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25592 \begin_layout Description
25594 \begin_inset space ~
25597 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25598 \begin_inset Newline newline
25602 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25610 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25619 \begin_inset Index idx
25622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25623 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25629 \begin_inset Index idx
25632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25633 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
25646 \begin_layout Description
25648 \begin_inset space ~
25651 reference: prints the caption or name of the reference:
25652 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25653 LatexCommand nameref
25654 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25661 \begin_layout Standard
25666 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
25669 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25673 \begin_inset space \space{}
25677 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25685 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25691 <reference> on page <page>
25693 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
25696 \begin_layout Standard
25697 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
25698 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25699 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25703 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25707 \begin_layout Standard
25708 You can only use the style
25712 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25716 is always possible.
25719 \begin_layout Standard
25720 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
25721 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
25723 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25724 \begin_inset space ~
25728 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25730 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25737 \begin_layout Standard
25738 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
25742 \begin_inset space ~
25746 \begin_inset space ~
25751 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
25752 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
25755 \begin_inset space ~
25760 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25761 You can also go back with the toolbar button
25764 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
25770 \begin_layout Standard
25771 You can change labels at any time.
25772 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
25773 do not need to take care about this.
25776 \begin_layout Standard
25777 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
25778 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25781 \begin_layout Standard
25782 References are described in detail in sec.
25783 \begin_inset space ~
25787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25801 \begin_layout Section
25802 Table of Contents and other Listings
25803 \begin_inset Index idx
25806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25813 \begin_inset Index idx
25816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25823 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25832 \begin_layout Subsection
25834 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25836 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
25843 \begin_layout Standard
25844 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
25846 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25847 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25849 \begin_inset space ~
25853 \begin_inset space ~
25859 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25860 If you click on it, the
25864 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
25865 sections in your documents.
25866 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
25868 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25871 that is described in sec.
25872 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25876 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25878 reference "sec:Navigating"
25885 \begin_layout Standard
25886 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
25887 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
25889 \begin_inset space ~
25893 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25895 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
25899 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
25901 \begin_inset space ~
25905 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25907 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
25911 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
25913 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
25916 \begin_layout Subsection
25917 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
25918 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25920 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
25927 \begin_layout Standard
25928 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
25929 You can insert them via the
25931 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25933 \begin_inset space ~
25937 \begin_inset space ~
25943 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25946 \begin_layout Section
25947 URLs and Hyperlinks
25948 \begin_inset Index idx
25951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25958 \begin_inset Index idx
25961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25970 \begin_layout Subsection
25972 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25981 \begin_layout Standard
25982 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25984 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25990 \begin_layout Standard
25991 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25992 \begin_inset Flex URL
25995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26005 \begin_layout Standard
26006 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
26012 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
26016 \begin_layout Standard
26017 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26025 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
26033 \begin_layout Subsection
26035 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26037 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
26044 \begin_layout Standard
26045 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
26047 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26050 or with the toolbar button
26057 The appearing dialog has two fields:
26066 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
26067 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
26068 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26070 name "LyX's homepage"
26071 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26075 , an Email address like this:
26076 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26078 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
26079 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
26084 , or a link to a file.
26087 \begin_layout Standard
26088 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
26090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26101 to the link target.
26104 \begin_layout Standard
26105 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
26106 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
26107 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
26108 the text style dialog.
26109 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
26113 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26115 name "LyX's homepage"
26116 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26123 \begin_layout Standard
26124 The link text color can be changed, when the option
26128 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
26130 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26131 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26135 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
26137 \begin_inset Newline newline
26145 \begin_inset Newline newline
26152 in the PDF Properties dialog.
26155 \begin_layout Section
26157 \begin_inset Index idx
26160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26167 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26169 name "sec:Appendices"
26176 \begin_layout Standard
26177 Appendices are created with the menu
26179 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26181 \begin_inset space ~
26185 \begin_inset space ~
26191 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
26192 as the appendix region.
26193 The region is marked with a red borderline.
26196 \begin_layout Standard
26197 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
26198 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
26199 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
26200 and the subsection number.
26201 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
26205 \begin_layout Standard
26207 \begin_inset space ~
26211 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26213 reference "cha:Credits"
26218 \begin_inset space ~
26222 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26224 reference "sub:Export"
26231 \begin_layout Section
26233 \begin_inset Index idx
26236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26243 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26245 name "sec:Bibliography"
26252 \begin_layout Standard
26253 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
26254 You can include a bibliography database,
26258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26259 Known under the name
26260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26272 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
26273 manually, using the paragraph environment
26277 , which was described in section
26278 \begin_inset space ~
26282 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26284 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
26289 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
26290 document, like author-year citations, then you must
26294 use a bibliography database.
26297 \begin_layout Subsection
26298 The Bibliography Environment
26301 \begin_layout Standard
26306 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
26308 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
26317 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
26319 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
26321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26325 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26328 , a short form of its title, as key.
26331 \begin_layout Standard
26332 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
26334 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26337 or the toolbar button
26340 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
26344 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
26345 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
26346 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
26347 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
26351 \begin_layout Standard
26352 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
26353 entry with surrounding brackets.
26358 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
26359 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
26361 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26365 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26371 \begin_layout Standard
26374 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
26377 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26379 key "latexcompanion"
26386 \begin_layout Standard
26387 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
26388 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26397 \begin_layout Subsection
26398 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
26399 \begin_inset Index idx
26402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26403 Bibliography ! Databases
26409 \begin_inset Index idx
26412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26413 Bibliography ! BibTeX
26419 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26421 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
26428 \begin_layout Standard
26429 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
26434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26435 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
26437 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
26438 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
26443 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
26445 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
26446 your working field in a database.
26447 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
26448 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
26450 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
26454 \begin_layout Standard
26455 The database is a text file with the file extension
26456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26464 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26467 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
26468 The format is explained in
26469 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26475 and in LaTeX books (
26476 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26478 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
26483 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
26484 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
26485 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
26486 \begin_inset Flex URL
26489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26491 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
26499 \begin_layout Standard
26500 To use a database, use the menu
26502 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26507 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26520 \begin_inset space ~
26526 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
26527 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26530 Add bibliography to TOC
26532 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26537 drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
26538 in the document or just the cited references.
26541 \begin_layout Standard
26542 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26543 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26554 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26555 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26556 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26558 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26564 For information how this is done, have a look at
26565 \begin_inset Newline newline
26569 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26571 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26583 \begin_layout Standard
26584 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26587 \begin_layout Standard
26588 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
26589 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
26592 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26620 \begin_inset space ~
26626 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26632 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26641 \begin_layout Standard
26642 When you select the option
26644 Sectioned bibliography
26648 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26651 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
26652 This and other options are explained in detail in section
26654 Customizing Bibliographies
26662 Additional Features
26667 \begin_layout Standard
26668 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26669 the two methods of creating them.
26670 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26671 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26672 We used the style file
26676 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26679 \begin_layout Subsection
26680 Bibliography layout
26681 \begin_inset Index idx
26684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26685 Bibliography ! Layout
26693 \begin_layout Standard
26694 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26695 For this feature you need to enable the option
26701 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26705 \begin_inset Index idx
26708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26709 Document ! Settings
26719 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26720 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
26721 in the previous section.
26724 \begin_layout Standard
26725 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
26726 in the citation reference window.
26727 Here an example where we set the text
26728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26732 \begin_inset space ~
26736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26739 to appear after the reference:
26742 \begin_layout Standard
26744 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26747 key "latexcompanion"
26754 \begin_layout Section
26756 \begin_inset Index idx
26759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26766 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26775 \begin_layout Standard
26776 An index entry is created if you use the menu
26778 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26780 \begin_inset space ~
26785 or the toolbar button
26793 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26804 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
26805 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
26806 by LyX as the index entry.
26809 \begin_layout Standard
26810 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
26811 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
26813 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26815 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
26822 \begin_layout Standard
26823 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
26825 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26827 \begin_inset space ~
26831 \begin_inset space ~
26834 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26836 \begin_inset space ~
26842 A light blue box labeled
26843 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26851 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26854 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
26855 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
26858 \begin_layout Subsection
26859 Grouping Index Entries
26860 \begin_inset Index idx
26863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26872 \begin_layout Standard
26873 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
26875 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
26876 lists under the entry
26877 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26881 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26885 First we create the entry
26886 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26894 \begin_inset space ~
26898 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26900 reference "sub:Lists"
26905 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
26906 \begin_inset space ~
26910 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26912 reference "sec:Itemize"
26916 , we insert the command
26919 \begin_layout Standard
26925 \begin_layout Standard
26929 \begin_layout Standard
26935 \begin_layout Standard
26936 for the enumerated list in section
26937 \begin_inset space ~
26941 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26943 reference "sec:Enumerate"
26950 \begin_layout Standard
26951 The exclamation mark
26952 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26956 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26959 marks the grouping levels.
26960 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
26961 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
26962 If we don't have an index entry for
26963 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26967 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26970 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
26973 \begin_layout Subsection
26975 \begin_inset Index idx
26978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26979 Index ! Page ranges
26987 \begin_layout Standard
26988 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26990 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26991 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26993 \begin_inset space ~
26997 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26999 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
27006 \begin_layout Standard
27009 Paragraph environments|(
27012 \begin_layout Standard
27013 and another entry at the end of section
27014 \begin_inset space ~
27018 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27020 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
27027 \begin_layout Standard
27030 Paragraph environments|)
27033 \begin_layout Standard
27035 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27043 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27047 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27055 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27058 respectively start and end the index range.
27059 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
27060 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
27061 the pages of the indexed document parts.
27062 An example is the index entry
27063 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27066 Document ! Settings
27067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27073 \begin_layout Subsection
27075 \begin_inset Index idx
27078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27079 Index ! Cross referencing
27087 \begin_layout Standard
27088 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
27089 We referred for example in the index entry
27090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27098 \begin_inset space ~
27102 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27104 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
27108 ) to the index entry
27109 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27113 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27116 in the same section using the entry
27119 \begin_layout Standard
27122 GIF|see{Image formats}
27125 \begin_layout Standard
27126 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
27127 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
27128 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
27131 \begin_layout Subsection
27133 \begin_inset Index idx
27136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27137 Index ! Entry order
27145 \begin_layout Standard
27146 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
27147 then not follow the rules for the index order.
27148 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
27152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27153 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
27155 \begin_inset space ~
27159 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27161 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27170 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
27171 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
27172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27196 \begin_inset Index idx
27199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27200 Dummy entries ! maïs
27206 \begin_inset Index idx
27209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27210 Dummy entries ! maître
27216 \begin_inset Index idx
27219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27220 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
27225 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
27226 order maïs, maison, maître.
27227 To achieve this, we use the command
27230 \begin_layout Standard
27233 previous entry@current entry
27236 \begin_layout Standard
27237 In our case we want to have
27238 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27242 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27253 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
27256 \begin_layout Standard
27262 \begin_layout Standard
27263 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
27264 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
27268 \begin_layout Standard
27269 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27275 \begin_layout Standard
27276 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
27281 to generate the index (see sec.
27282 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27286 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27288 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27297 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
27299 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27303 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27305 reference "sub:Document-Font"
27309 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
27310 index commands start with
27311 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27323 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
27328 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
27331 \begin_layout Standard
27343 \begin_layout Standard
27355 \begin_layout Subsection
27357 \begin_inset Index idx
27360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27361 Index ! Entry layout
27369 \begin_layout Standard
27370 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
27371 \begin_inset Index idx
27374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27377 This is an italic dummy entry
27382 You can also format the page number using the character
27383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27387 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27390 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
27391 We can write for example
27394 \begin_layout Standard
27397 italic page number:|textit
27400 \begin_layout Standard
27401 to get the page number in italic.
27402 \begin_inset Index idx
27405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27406 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
27411 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
27413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27421 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27429 \begin_inset space ~
27435 Have a look at section
27436 \begin_inset space ~
27440 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27442 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27446 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
27449 \begin_layout Standard
27450 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27458 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
27462 to generate the index, see sec.
27463 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27467 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27469 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27478 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
27479 This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before
27480 they can be used, see
27481 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27484 key "latexcompanion"
27496 \begin_layout Standard
27497 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27499 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27500 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
27501 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27502 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27503 If so, put the following in the preamble
27506 \begin_layout Standard
27518 \begin_layout Standard
27522 \begin_layout Standard
27528 \begin_layout Standard
27529 in the index entry.
27530 \begin_inset Index idx
27533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27534 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27539 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27540 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27541 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27544 \begin_layout Standard
27545 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27547 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27551 \begin_inset space \space{}
27554 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27555 for all index entries.
27556 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27568 documentation for details,
27569 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27571 key "makeindex,xindy"
27578 \begin_layout Subsection
27580 \begin_inset Index idx
27583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27590 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27592 name "sub:Index-Program"
27599 \begin_layout Standard
27600 If the index entry program
27604 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27608 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
27612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27617 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27618 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27619 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27620 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27621 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
27631 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
27632 dialog, see section
27633 \begin_inset space ~
27637 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27639 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27644 The available options are listed and explained in
27645 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27647 key "makeindex,xindy"
27652 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
27656 \begin_layout Standard
27657 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
27658 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
27661 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27662 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27663 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
27667 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
27668 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
27671 \begin_layout Subsection
27675 \begin_layout Standard
27676 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
27677 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
27678 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27682 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27685 next to the standard index.
27686 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
27687 packages that add this feature.
27693 \begin_inset Index idx
27696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27697 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
27702 package to generate multiple indexes.
27703 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
27704 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
27705 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27712 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
27713 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
27714 Please consult the package's manual for details.
27717 \begin_layout Standard
27718 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
27720 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27721 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27722 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
27726 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27729 Use multiple Indexes
27730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27734 Note that the list of
27735 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27739 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27742 below already contains the standard index.
27743 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
27744 also appear as a heading) to the
27745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27752 input field and press the
27753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27761 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
27762 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
27763 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
27764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27767 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27769 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27773 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
27774 indexes in the LyX work area.
27777 \begin_layout Standard
27778 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
27781 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27783 \begin_inset space ~
27787 \begin_inset space ~
27796 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
27797 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
27798 are some additional features:
27801 \begin_layout Itemize
27802 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
27803 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
27806 \begin_layout Itemize
27807 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
27808 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
27809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27813 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27817 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
27819 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27822 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
27823 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
27824 to the non-subindexes.
27827 \begin_layout Section
27828 Nomenclature / Glossary
27829 \begin_inset Index idx
27832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27839 \begin_inset Index idx
27842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27871 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27873 name "sec:Nomenclature"
27880 \begin_layout Standard
27881 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
27882 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
27886 \begin_layout Standard
27887 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
27892 \begin_inset Index idx
27895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27896 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
27902 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
27903 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27909 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
27912 \begin_layout Standard
27913 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
27914 and then use the menu
27916 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27922 \begin_inset space ~
27927 or the toolbar button
27930 arg "nomencl-insert"
27935 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27943 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27946 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
27949 \begin_layout Standard
27950 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
27951 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
27952 The second is the description of the symbol.
27955 \begin_layout Standard
27956 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27964 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
27972 \begin_layout Subsection
27973 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
27974 \begin_inset Index idx
27977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27978 Nomenclature ! Layout
27986 \begin_layout Standard
27987 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
27991 field as LaTeX-formulas.
27993 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27997 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28001 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28005 \begin_inset Newline newline
28013 \begin_inset Newline newline
28019 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28023 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28026 character starts/ends the formula.
28027 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
28029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28035 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28039 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
28049 \begin_layout Standard
28050 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
28051 \begin_inset space ~
28055 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28057 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28064 \begin_layout Standard
28068 \begin_inset space ~
28073 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
28074 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
28075 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28079 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28083 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28086 in this document is:
28087 \begin_inset Newline newline
28092 dummy entry for the character
28097 \begin_inset Newline newline
28109 \begin_inset space ~
28119 font use the command
28148 \begin_layout Subsection
28149 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
28150 \begin_inset Index idx
28153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28154 Nomenclature ! Sort order
28162 \begin_layout Standard
28163 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
28164 the symbol definition.
28165 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
28166 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
28169 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28170 LatexCommand nomenclature
28172 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
28179 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28183 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28184 LatexCommand nomenclature
28187 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
28192 They will be sorted by
28193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28219 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28222 will be sorted before the
28226 since the character
28227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28234 is considered in sorting.
28237 \begin_layout Standard
28238 To control the sort order, you can edit the
28241 \begin_inset space ~
28246 field of the nomenclature dialog.
28247 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
28249 For the example given, you can insert
28253 in this field for the
28254 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28261 will be located before
28262 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28268 \begin_layout Standard
28269 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
28274 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28283 \begin_layout Subsection
28284 Nomenclature Options
28285 \begin_inset Index idx
28288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28289 Nomenclature ! Options
28297 \begin_layout Standard
28302 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
28303 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
28306 \begin_layout Description
28307 refeq Appends the phrase
28308 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28323 to every nomenclature entry, where
28329 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
28332 \begin_layout Description
28333 refpage Appends the phrase
28334 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28346 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28349 to every nomenclature entry, where
28355 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
28358 \begin_layout Description
28359 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
28362 \begin_layout Standard
28363 There are furthermore the options
28407 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
28411 \begin_layout Standard
28412 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
28413 class options list in the
28415 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28419 In this document the option
28426 \begin_layout Standard
28427 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28433 \begin_layout Standard
28434 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
28435 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
28440 field in the nomenclature dialog:
28443 \begin_layout Description
28453 \begin_layout Description
28456 nomrefpage Like the
28463 \begin_layout Description
28466 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
28475 \begin_layout Description
28479 \begin_inset space ~
28485 \begin_inset space ~
28490 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
28493 \begin_layout Subsection
28494 Printing the Nomenclature
28495 \begin_inset Index idx
28498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28499 Nomenclature ! Printing
28507 \begin_layout Standard
28508 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28510 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28512 \begin_inset space ~
28516 \begin_inset space ~
28519 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28523 A light blue box labeled
28524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28535 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28536 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
28539 \begin_layout Standard
28540 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28549 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28557 For example, in order to change the name to
28561 , add the following line to the preamble:
28564 \begin_layout Standard
28572 nomname}{List of Symbols}
28575 \begin_layout Standard
28576 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28582 \begin_layout Standard
28583 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
28584 by adding the following line to the preamble:
28587 \begin_layout Standard
28595 nomlabelwidth}{width}
28598 \begin_layout Standard
28601 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
28602 \begin_inset space ~
28606 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28608 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
28613 The default value is 1
28614 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28620 \begin_layout Subsection
28621 Nomenclature Program
28622 \begin_inset Index idx
28625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28626 Nomenclature ! Program
28632 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28634 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
28641 \begin_layout Standard
28642 LyX uses the program
28646 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
28647 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
28652 by adding options, see section
28653 \begin_inset space ~
28657 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28659 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28664 The available options are listed and explained in
28665 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28667 key "nomencl,makeindex"
28674 \begin_layout Section
28676 \begin_inset Index idx
28679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28686 \begin_inset Index idx
28689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28690 Document ! Branches
28696 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28698 name "sec:Branches"
28705 \begin_layout Standard
28706 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
28707 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
28708 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
28709 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
28712 \begin_layout Standard
28713 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
28714 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
28715 To create a branch, either select the menu
28717 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28718 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28721 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
28723 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28730 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
28731 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
28732 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
28733 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
28734 (see below for an example).
28735 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
28736 to the name of the other) and to add
28737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28745 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28749 \begin_inset space ~
28752 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
28753 , without having being defined) to the document's branch list.
28756 \begin_layout Standard
28757 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
28758 These boxes are inserted via the menu
28760 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28763 where you can choose a branch.
28764 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
28768 \begin_layout Standard
28769 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
28770 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
28773 \begin_layout Standard
28774 \begin_inset Branch Question
28777 \begin_layout Standard
28778 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
28786 \begin_layout Standard
28787 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28790 \begin_layout Standard
28791 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
28799 \begin_layout Standard
28806 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28807 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28810 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
28811 Consider for example a file
28812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28819 which has the above branches.
28821 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28828 is active, the PDF export file would be called
28829 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28833 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28837 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28841 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28849 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28852 branch were inactive,
28853 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28861 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28865 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28868 branch was active, likewise
28869 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28873 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28877 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28881 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28884 branch was active, and
28885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28888 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
28889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28892 if both branches were active.
28893 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
28897 \begin_layout Standard
28898 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28904 \begin_layout Standard
28905 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
28906 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
28908 For example you can define for the question branch
28912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28913 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
28914 \begin_inset space ~
28918 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28920 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28932 \begin_layout Standard
28942 \begin_layout Standard
28952 \begin_layout Standard
28953 and for the answer branch
28956 \begin_layout Standard
28966 \begin_layout Standard
28976 \begin_layout Standard
28977 \begin_inset Branch Question
28980 \begin_layout Standard
28984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29012 \begin_layout Standard
29013 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29016 \begin_layout Standard
29020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29048 \begin_layout Standard
29049 Now it is possible to use the commands
29053 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29060 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29063 to obtain conditional output.
29064 Here is an example formula where only the
29071 \begin_inset Formula
29073 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
29081 \begin_layout Standard
29082 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
29090 \begin_layout Section
29092 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29094 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
29099 \begin_inset Index idx
29102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29111 \begin_layout Standard
29116 dialog allows you in the
29120 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
29121 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
29126 \begin_inset Index idx
29129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29130 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
29138 \begin_layout Standard
29143 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
29144 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
29145 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
29147 You can specify in the dialog tab
29151 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
29153 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
29154 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
29158 \begin_layout Standard
29163 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
29164 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
29165 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
29167 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
29168 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
29170 \begin_inset space ~
29173 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
29174 \begin_inset space ~
29177 1 will only display the sections.
29180 \begin_layout Standard
29181 The header information in the dialog tab
29185 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
29186 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
29187 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29191 \begin_inset space \space{}
29194 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
29195 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
29198 Automatic fill header
29200 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
29201 title and author settings.
29204 \begin_layout Standard
29207 Load in fullscreen mode
29209 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
29212 \begin_layout Standard
29213 PDF properties are also used in this document.
29214 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
29220 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
29221 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29230 \begin_layout Section
29231 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
29232 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29234 name "sec:TeX-Code"
29241 \begin_layout Subsection
29243 \begin_inset Index idx
29246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29253 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29255 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
29262 \begin_layout Standard
29263 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
29264 constructs, but not all.
29265 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
29266 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
29267 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
29268 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
29269 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
29273 \begin_layout Standard
29274 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
29276 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
29278 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29280 \begin_inset space ~
29285 or by the toolbar button
29292 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
29296 \begin_layout Standard
29297 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
29298 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
29299 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
29300 using the LaTeX-command
29306 , you can write the command part
29312 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
29316 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
29317 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
29318 the following example:
29321 \begin_layout Standard
29322 \begin_inset Graphics
29323 filename clipart/ERT.png
29331 \begin_layout Standard
29335 \begin_layout Standard
29336 This is a line with a
29340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29363 \begin_layout Standard
29364 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
29367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29372 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
29373 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
29381 \begin_layout Subsection
29382 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
29383 \begin_inset Argument
29386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29393 \begin_inset Index idx
29396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29403 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29405 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29412 \begin_layout Standard
29413 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
29414 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
29415 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
29416 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29420 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29424 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
29425 any time if you know the right commands.
29427 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29431 \begin_inset space \space{}
29434 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
29436 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
29437 all caption labels bold.
29438 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
29440 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
29444 \begin_layout Standard
29445 Now LaTeX comes into play.
29446 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
29447 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
29449 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29458 \begin_layout Standard
29459 As result you know that the package
29464 \begin_inset Index idx
29467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29468 LaTeX-packages ! caption
29474 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
29476 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29482 \begin_layout Standard
29487 usepackage[options]{package name}
29490 \begin_layout Standard
29491 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
29492 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
29493 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
29496 \begin_layout Standard
29497 In your case the package name is
29502 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29507 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29508 So you add the command
29511 \begin_layout Standard
29516 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29519 \begin_layout Standard
29520 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29525 For more commands provided by the
29529 package, have a look at its documentation,
29530 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29544 \begin_layout Standard
29545 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
29547 For example if you use a
29551 class, you don't need the package
29555 , you can instead write
29558 \begin_layout Standard
29563 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
29568 \begin_layout Standard
29569 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29570 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29571 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29578 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29581 \begin_layout Standard
29582 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29583 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29585 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
29586 the previous section.
29589 \begin_layout Standard
29590 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
29592 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29594 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29602 \begin_layout Section
29603 Previewing Snippets of your Document
29604 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29606 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
29611 \begin_inset Index idx
29614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29621 \begin_inset Index idx
29624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29633 \begin_layout Standard
29634 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
29635 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
29636 to break your train of thought with
29638 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29644 \begin_layout Standard
29645 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
29646 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
29651 \begin_inset Index idx
29654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29655 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
29660 as explained below, and turn on
29663 \begin_inset space ~
29670 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29674 \begin_inset space ~
29678 \begin_inset space ~
29681 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29686 \begin_inset space ~
29691 is the multiplication factor for the size.
29694 \begin_layout Standard
29695 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
29697 Previews of an already loaded document are
29701 generated just by selecting the
29704 \begin_inset space ~
29709 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
29712 \begin_layout Standard
29713 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
29714 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
29717 \begin_inset space ~
29722 check box in the insert dialog.
29723 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
29727 \begin_layout Standard
29728 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
29732 (on some systems named simply
29737 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29739 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29745 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29746 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
29754 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
29758 \begin_layout Standard
29759 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29765 \begin_layout Standard
29766 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
29770 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29772 \begin_inset space ~
29777 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
29778 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
29780 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
29781 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
29782 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
29783 the source view window.
29786 \begin_layout Section
29787 Advanced Find and Replace
29788 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29790 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
29795 \begin_inset Index idx
29798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29805 \begin_inset Index idx
29808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29817 \begin_layout Subsection
29821 \begin_layout Standard
29822 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
29823 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
29824 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
29825 The key-features are:
29828 \begin_layout Itemize
29829 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
29830 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
29831 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
29835 \begin_layout Itemize
29836 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
29837 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
29838 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
29839 a section heading will only be found within section headings
29842 \begin_layout Itemize
29843 Search may be widened to a specific
29848 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29852 \begin_inset space ~
29855 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
29856 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
29863 \begin_layout Itemize
29864 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
29865 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
29866 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29870 \begin_inset space ~
29873 all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
29876 \begin_layout Subsection
29880 \begin_layout Standard
29881 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX is activated through the menu
29884 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29897 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
29900 ) or the toolbar button
29903 arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
29909 Advanced Find and Replace
29914 \begin_layout Subsubsection
29918 \begin_layout Standard
29923 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
29928 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
29933 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
29934 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
29935 Pressing repeatedly
29939 keeps searching forward.
29940 Similarly, pressing
29944 searches for the entered text backwards.
29947 \begin_layout Standard
29948 While searching, the
29952 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
29962 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
29965 \begin_layout Subsubsection
29966 Searching for mathematics
29969 \begin_layout Standard
29970 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
29974 editor a mathematical formula, such as
29975 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
29978 or also something more complex like
29979 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
29983 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
29984 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
29985 the mentioned segments would be found in something like
29986 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
29992 \begin_layout Subsubsection
29996 \begin_layout Standard
29997 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
29998 This is done by switching to the
29999 \change_inserted 5863208 1297987029
30003 \change_deleted 5863208 1297987031
30008 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
30013 This way, entering in the
30020 \begin_layout Itemize
30021 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
30022 in emphasized or boldface.
30025 \begin_layout Itemize
30026 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
30027 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
30028 Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
30029 alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
30032 \begin_layout Itemize
30033 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
30034 of if only within section headings.
30035 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
30036 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
30040 \begin_layout Itemize
30041 some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
30042 formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
30045 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30049 \begin_layout Standard
30050 The text segments matching the text entered in the
30054 editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
30062 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
30066 button or alternatively
30088 \begin_layout Standard
30089 You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
30090 text segments in your document.
30091 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
30095 \begin_layout Itemize
30096 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
30097 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
30098 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30102 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30105 with its typewriter version
30108 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30112 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30118 \begin_layout Itemize
30119 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
30121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30125 \begin_inset Formula $R$
30129 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30137 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
30141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30144 (you may want to enable the
30152 options and disable the
30157 \change_inserted 5863208 1297987051
30161 \change_deleted 5863208 1297987053
30166 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
30167 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30171 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30174 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
30175 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
30179 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
30182 , or occurrences of
30183 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
30187 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
30193 \begin_layout Subsection
30197 \begin_layout Standard
30198 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
30202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30203 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
30205 \begin_inset CommandInset href
30207 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
30216 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
30222 This is done via the menu
30224 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30225 Insert Regular Expression
30228 \change_deleted 5863208 1297986810
30237 while the cursor is in the
30242 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
30243 expression matching rules
30247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30248 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
30250 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30254 \begin_inset space ~
30257 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
30258 to match expressions.
30263 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
30264 same text in the document.
30265 Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
30266 Examples of using such a feature may be:
30269 \begin_layout Enumerate
30270 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
30275 editor the fraction
30276 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
30280 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
30283 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
30284 fractions with the given denominator.
30287 \begin_layout Enumerate
30288 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
30294 \change_inserted 5863208 1297987063
30298 \change_deleted 5863208 1297987065
30306 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
30311 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
30312 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
30314 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
30317 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
30318 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
30321 \begin_layout Standard
30322 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
30323 enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
30324 \begin_inset Formula $()$
30327 , and referring back to them through
30328 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
30332 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
30336 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash$
30339 symbol is entered in regexp mode by pressing twice the backslash key.
30340 For example, try searching for the regexp
30341 \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
30344 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
30347 \begin_layout Standard
30348 Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
30349 and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
30350 back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
30351 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30355 \begin_inset space ~
30359 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
30362 always refers to the first occurrence of
30363 \begin_inset Formula $()$
30366 in all entered regexps.
30369 \begin_layout Standard
30370 Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
30374 \begin_layout Section
30376 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30378 name "sec:Spellchecking"
30383 \begin_inset Index idx
30386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30395 \begin_layout Standard
30396 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
30397 Rather it uses one of the external programs
30414 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
30420 can be seen as the successor to
30428 , it supports multiple languages in parallel, so it is recommended to use
30434 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
30435 The used spell checker and its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
30443 \begin_layout Standard
30444 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
30445 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
30452 \begin_layout Standard
30455 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30458 or the toolbar button
30461 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
30464 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
30465 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
30466 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
30467 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
30468 scrolled so that it is visible.
30473 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
30475 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
30479 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
30480 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
30483 \begin_layout Standard
30484 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
30487 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30491 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
30492 will bring an error message.
30493 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
30494 specifying a different
30496 Alternative language
30498 in preferences dialog.
30501 \begin_layout Standard
30502 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
30505 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30509 \begin_layout Standard
30510 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
30511 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
30513 But you can use the
30516 \begin_inset space ~
30520 \begin_inset space ~
30528 \begin_layout Standard
30529 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
30530 This does work with
30534 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
30537 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30541 \begin_layout Standard
30546 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
30549 \begin_layout Description
30551 \begin_inset space ~
30554 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
30555 should consider, e.
30556 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30560 \begin_inset space \space{}
30563 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
30564 This should not normally be needed.
30567 \begin_layout Description
30569 \begin_inset space ~
30572 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
30573 the spell checker's default choice
30576 \begin_layout Description
30578 \begin_inset space ~
30582 \begin_inset space ~
30585 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
30587 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30591 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30597 \begin_layout Description
30599 \begin_inset space ~
30603 \begin_inset space ~
30606 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
30608 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30615 also for the spellchecker.
30619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30620 The encodings are explained in section
30621 \begin_inset space ~
30625 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30627 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
30636 Only enable this if you use
30640 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
30641 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
30642 so this is disabled by default.
30645 \begin_layout Section
30647 \begin_inset Index idx
30650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30657 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30659 name "sec:Thesaurus"
30666 \begin_layout Standard
30667 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
30668 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
30677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30678 \begin_inset CommandInset href
30680 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
30689 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
30690 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
30691 are available for many languages.
30694 \begin_layout Standard
30695 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
30699 \begin_layout Subsection
30700 Setting up the thesaurus
30703 \begin_layout Standard
30708 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
30713 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
30718 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
30720 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30724 en_EN for English).
30725 For instance, the English files are named:
30728 \begin_layout Itemize
30732 \begin_layout Itemize
30736 \begin_layout Standard
30737 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
30738 already on your system.
30739 If not, you can get dictionaries
30740 \change_inserted -712698321 1298121514
30742 \begin_inset Flex URL
30745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30747 \change_inserted -712698321 1298121516
30749 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
30759 \begin_inset Flex URL
30762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30764 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
30771 \change_deleted -712698321 1298121776
30772 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
30777 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
30779 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
30780 unpack a zip archive.
30781 \change_inserted -712698321 1298121667
30786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30788 \change_inserted -712698321 1298121689
30789 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, the files on
30790 \begin_inset Flex URL
30793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30795 \change_inserted -712698321 1298121688
30797 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
30802 are usually packed in extension archives (
30806 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
30808 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
30809 unpack a zip archive.
30817 \change_deleted -712698321 1298121653
30821 \begin_layout Standard
30830 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
30831 s), and specify the path to this directory in
30833 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30834 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30838 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
30841 \begin_layout Subsection
30842 Using the thesaurus
30845 \begin_layout Standard
30846 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
30848 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30851 or the toolbar button
30854 arg "thesaurus-entry"
30857 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
30859 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
30861 The proposals are grouped into categories.
30862 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
30863 and hyponyms (such as
30871 ), compounds (such as
30875 ) and antonyms (such as
30883 ), which are marked as such.
30886 \begin_layout Standard
30887 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
30888 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
30892 \begin_layout Standard
30893 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
30894 the dictionary, such as the above
30898 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
30899 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30903 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
30904 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
30905 For example looking up the word forms
30913 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
30918 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
30919 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30931 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
30932 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
30933 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
30936 \begin_layout Subsection
30937 License of the Thesaurus library
30940 \begin_layout Standard
30945 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
30950 as a standalone program.
30951 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
30952 The library was released under the
30954 Berkeley Database License
30956 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
30957 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
30958 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
30960 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
30963 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
30967 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
30970 \begin_layout Section
30972 \begin_inset Index idx
30975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30982 \begin_inset Index idx
30985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30986 Document ! Change Tracking
30992 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30994 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
31001 \begin_layout Standard
31002 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
31003 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
31004 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
31005 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
31007 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31009 \begin_inset space ~
31012 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31014 \begin_inset space ~
31022 \begin_layout Standard
31023 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
31037 The color depends on the author that made the change.
31038 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
31041 \begin_inset space ~
31045 \begin_inset space ~
31055 \begin_inset Index idx
31058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31059 Color ! Change tracking
31064 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
31065 the cursor is in changed text.
31066 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
31069 arg "changes-merge"
31075 \begin_layout Standard
31076 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
31077 \begin_inset Index idx
31080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31089 \begin_layout Standard
31090 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31096 \begin_layout Standard
31097 \begin_inset Graphics
31098 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
31106 \begin_layout Standard
31107 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31113 \begin_layout Standard
31114 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
31118 \begin_layout Standard
31119 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31125 \begin_layout Standard
31126 \begin_inset Tabular
31127 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
31128 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
31129 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
31130 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
31131 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31140 arg "changes-track"
31148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31154 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31156 \begin_inset space ~
31159 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31161 \begin_inset space ~
31170 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31179 arg "changes-output"
31187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31193 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31195 \begin_inset space ~
31198 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31200 \begin_inset space ~
31204 \begin_inset space ~
31208 \begin_inset space ~
31217 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31238 Jumps to the next change
31244 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31253 arg "change-accept"
31261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31267 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31269 \begin_inset space ~
31272 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31274 \begin_inset space ~
31283 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31292 arg "change-reject"
31300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31306 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31308 \begin_inset space ~
31311 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31313 \begin_inset space ~
31322 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31331 arg "changes-merge"
31339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31345 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31347 \begin_inset space ~
31350 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31352 \begin_inset space ~
31361 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31370 arg "all-changes-accept"
31378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31384 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31386 \begin_inset space ~
31389 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31391 \begin_inset space ~
31395 \begin_inset space ~
31404 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31413 arg "all-changes-reject"
31421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31427 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31429 \begin_inset space ~
31432 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31434 \begin_inset space ~
31438 \begin_inset space ~
31447 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31470 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31471 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31473 \begin_inset space ~
31482 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31505 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31507 \begin_inset space ~
31523 \begin_layout Standard
31524 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31530 \begin_layout Standard
31531 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
31532 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
31533 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
31534 the next change after the current cursor position.
31535 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
31536 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
31537 step to the next change.
31538 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
31541 \begin_layout Standard
31542 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
31543 to describe a change.
31546 \begin_layout Standard
31547 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
31552 \begin_inset Index idx
31555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31556 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
31562 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
31563 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
31569 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
31572 \begin_layout Section
31573 International Support
31574 \begin_inset Index idx
31577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31578 International support
31586 \begin_layout Standard
31587 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
31588 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
31589 how to set up LyX to use them:
31590 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
31592 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
31599 \begin_layout Standard
31600 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
31601 \begin_inset space ~
31605 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31607 reference "sub:Special-Character"
31614 \begin_layout Subsection
31616 \begin_inset Index idx
31619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31626 \begin_inset Index idx
31629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31630 Document ! Settings
31636 \begin_inset Index idx
31639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31640 Document ! Language
31648 \begin_layout Standard
31651 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31654 dialog lets you set
31656 the language and character encoding for your language.
31660 \begin_layout Standard
31661 Choose your language in the
31665 section of this dialog.
31673 \begin_layout Standard
31678 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
31683 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
31684 For details about the different encoding options see section
31685 \begin_inset space ~
31689 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31691 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
31698 \begin_layout Subsection
31699 Keyboard mapping configuration
31700 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31702 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
31709 \begin_layout Standard
31710 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
31711 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
31712 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
31713 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
31714 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
31716 \begin_inset space ~
31720 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31722 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
31727 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
31728 which one you want to use.
31731 \begin_layout Standard
31732 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
31733 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
31734 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
31735 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
31736 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
31737 one to support the characters you want.
31738 This and many other customizations are explained in the
31745 \begin_layout Subsection
31749 \begin_layout Standard
31751 \begin_inset space ~
31755 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31757 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
31766 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
31770 \begin_layout Standard
31771 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
31772 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
31780 \begin_layout Itemize
31781 Even if you have selected
31787 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31790 dialog, users who have only the
31794 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
31798 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
31799 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
31800 french quotes won't show up.
31803 \begin_layout Standard
31804 \begin_inset Float table
31809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31810 \begin_inset Caption
31812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31813 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31815 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
31831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31833 \begin_inset Tabular
31834 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
31835 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
31836 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31837 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31838 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31839 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31840 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31841 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31842 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31843 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31844 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31845 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31846 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31847 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31848 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31849 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31850 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31851 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31852 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
32713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36265 \begin_layout Standard
36266 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
36268 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
36269 also the characters from
36281 \begin_layout Itemize
36290 \begin_layout Standard
36291 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
36292 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36298 \begin_layout Standard
36299 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
36300 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36306 \begin_layout Standard
36307 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
36308 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36314 \begin_layout Standard
36315 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
36316 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36322 \begin_layout Standard
36324 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36330 \begin_layout Standard
36332 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36338 \begin_layout Standard
36340 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36347 \begin_layout Itemize
36360 \begin_layout Standard
36362 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36368 \begin_layout Standard
36370 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36376 \begin_layout Standard
36378 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36384 \begin_layout Standard
36386 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36392 \begin_layout Standard
36394 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36400 \begin_layout Standard
36402 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36409 \begin_layout Standard
36410 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
36411 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
36412 Also make sure you're using the
36419 \begin_layout Chapter
36422 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36424 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
36431 \begin_layout Standard
36432 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
36433 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
36434 topic inside the user's guide.
36437 \begin_layout Section
36439 \begin_inset Index idx
36442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36451 \begin_layout Standard
36456 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
36457 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
36460 \begin_layout Subsection
36464 \begin_layout Standard
36465 Creates a new document.
36468 \begin_layout Subsection
36472 \begin_layout Standard
36473 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
36474 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
36475 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
36478 \begin_layout Subsection
36482 \begin_layout Standard
36486 \begin_layout Subsection
36490 \begin_layout Standard
36491 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
36492 Click there on a file to open it.
36495 \begin_layout Subsection
36499 \begin_layout Standard
36500 Closes the current document.
36503 \begin_layout Subsection
36507 \begin_layout Standard
36508 Closes all opened documents.
36511 \begin_layout Subsection
36515 \begin_layout Standard
36516 Saves the actual document.
36519 \begin_layout Subsection
36523 \begin_layout Standard
36524 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
36527 \begin_layout Subsection
36531 \begin_layout Standard
36532 Saves all opened documents.
36535 \begin_layout Subsection
36539 \begin_layout Standard
36540 Reloads the actual document from disk.
36543 \begin_layout Subsection
36547 \begin_layout Standard
36548 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
36549 It is described in the section
36551 Version Control in LyX
36555 Additional Features
36560 \begin_layout Subsection
36564 \begin_layout Standard
36565 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
36566 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
36567 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
36568 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
36571 \begin_layout Standard
36572 When using the menu entry
36575 \begin_inset space ~
36580 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
36584 \begin_inset space ~
36588 \begin_inset space ~
36593 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
36594 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
36597 \begin_layout Subsection
36599 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36608 \begin_layout Standard
36609 You can export your document to various file formats.
36610 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
36611 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
36612 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
36615 \begin_layout Standard
36616 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
36618 \begin_inset space ~
36622 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36624 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
36631 \begin_layout Description
36635 \begin_inset space ~
36640 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
36642 \begin_inset Newline newline
36645 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
36648 \begin_layout Description
36656 \begin_layout Description
36657 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
36661 \begin_layout Description
36663 \begin_inset space ~
36667 \begin_inset space ~
36670 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
36674 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
36682 \begin_layout Description
36689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36697 \begin_inset space ~
36702 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
36703 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
36707 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
36710 \begin_layout Description
36717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36725 \begin_inset space ~
36730 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
36731 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
36739 \begin_layout Description
36741 \begin_inset space ~
36744 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
36745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36752 is replaced by the version number)
36755 \begin_layout Description
36756 LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine
36759 \begin_layout Description
36760 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
36773 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
36777 \begin_layout Description
36781 \begin_inset space ~
36786 PDF-format using the program
36791 \begin_layout Description
36795 \begin_inset space ~
36800 PDF-format using the program
36805 \begin_layout Description
36809 \begin_inset space ~
36814 PDF-format using the program
36819 \begin_layout Description
36823 \begin_inset space ~
36831 \begin_layout Description
36835 \begin_inset space ~
36839 \begin_inset space ~
36844 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
36845 and then exported as text using the program
36850 \begin_layout Description
36855 PostScript format using the program
36860 \begin_layout Description
36868 \begin_layout Standard
36873 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
36874 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
36880 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
36883 \begin_layout Standard
36884 If one of the menu entries
36891 \begin_inset space ~
36900 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
36901 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
36902 \begin_inset space ~
36906 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36908 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36913 \begin_inset Index idx
36916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36917 Reconfiguration of LyX
36925 \begin_layout Standard
36930 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
36931 the export program.
36934 \begin_layout Subsection
36938 \begin_layout Standard
36939 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
36940 format or send it to a printer.
36941 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
36942 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
36948 For more information have a look at section
36949 \begin_inset space ~
36953 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36955 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
36962 \begin_layout Subsection
36966 \begin_layout Standard
36967 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
36968 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
36969 prefix, see section
36970 \begin_inset space ~
36974 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36976 reference "sec:Paths"
36981 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
36990 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
36991 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
36992 \begin_inset space ~
36996 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36998 reference "sub:Converters"
37005 \begin_layout Subsection
37006 New and Close Window
37009 \begin_layout Standard
37010 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
37013 \begin_layout Subsection
37017 \begin_layout Standard
37018 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
37021 \begin_layout Section
37023 \begin_inset Index idx
37026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37035 \begin_layout Subsection
37039 \begin_layout Standard
37040 Described in section
37041 \begin_inset space ~
37045 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37047 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
37054 \begin_layout Subsection
37055 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
37058 \begin_layout Standard
37059 Described in section
37060 \begin_inset space ~
37064 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37066 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
37073 \begin_layout Subsection
37077 \begin_layout Standard
37078 Selects the whole document.
37081 \begin_layout Subsection
37085 \begin_layout Standard
37086 Described in section
37087 \begin_inset space ~
37091 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37093 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
37100 \begin_layout Subsection
37101 Move Paragraph Up/Down
37104 \begin_layout Standard
37105 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
37109 \begin_layout Subsection
37113 \begin_layout Standard
37114 Described in section
37115 \begin_inset space ~
37119 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37121 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
37128 \begin_layout Subsection
37130 \begin_inset Index idx
37133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37134 Paragraph ! Settings
37142 \begin_layout Standard
37143 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
37144 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
37147 \begin_layout Standard
37148 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
37149 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
37151 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37157 \begin_inset space ~
37165 \begin_layout Subsection
37166 Table Settings and Math
37169 \begin_layout Standard
37170 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
37172 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
37173 The properties of tables are described in section
37174 \begin_inset space ~
37178 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37180 reference "sec:Tables"
37184 , the properties of formulas in chapter
37185 \begin_inset space ~
37189 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37191 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
37198 \begin_layout Subsection
37199 Increase / Decrease List Depth
37202 \begin_layout Standard
37203 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
37204 that can be nested.
37205 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
37206 \begin_inset space ~
37210 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37212 reference "sec:Nesting"
37217 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37219 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
37226 \begin_layout Section
37228 \begin_inset Index idx
37231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37240 \begin_layout Standard
37245 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
37246 document with an external program.
37247 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
37248 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
37249 All possible formats are formats listed in section
37250 \begin_inset space ~
37254 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37256 reference "sub:Export"
37261 You should at least see the menu entries
37268 \begin_inset space ~
37274 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
37275 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
37276 \begin_inset space ~
37280 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37282 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37287 \begin_inset Index idx
37290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37291 Reconfiguration of LyX
37299 \begin_layout Standard
37300 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
37301 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
37302 \begin_inset space ~
37306 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37308 reference "sec:File-Formats"
37313 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
37316 \begin_layout Standard
37317 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
37320 At the bottom of the
37324 menu the opened documents are listed.
37327 \begin_layout Subsection
37328 Open/Close all Insets
37331 \begin_layout Standard
37332 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
37335 \begin_layout Subsection
37336 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
37339 \begin_layout Standard
37340 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
37343 \begin_layout Standard
37344 Math macros are described in the
37351 \begin_layout Subsection
37355 \begin_layout Standard
37356 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
37358 \begin_inset space ~
37362 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37364 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
37369 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219943
37373 \begin_layout Subsection
37375 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219959
37379 \begin_layout Standard
37381 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220076
37382 Opens a window showing console messages.
37383 This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
37384 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37387 e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
37388 while LaTeX is processing the document,
37391 \begin_layout Subsection
37393 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220084
37397 \begin_layout Standard
37399 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220342
37400 This menu entry generates the output you have specified as default output
37401 format either in the preferences (see sec.
37402 \begin_inset space ~
37406 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37408 reference "sec:File-Formats"
37412 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
37413 \begin_inset space ~
37417 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37419 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
37423 ), for instance PDF, and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
37426 \begin_layout Subsection
37428 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220353
37429 View (Other Formats)
37432 \begin_layout Standard
37434 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220444
37435 With this submenu, you can view your document in alternative output formats.
37440 \begin_layout Subsection
37444 \begin_layout Standard
37445 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes
37446 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220297
37447 (in the default output format as described in the previous section)
37449 without opening a new view
37450 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220263
37454 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220384
37458 \begin_layout Subsection
37460 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220388
37461 Update (Other Formats)
37464 \begin_layout Standard
37466 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220467
37467 With this submenu, you can update the view of alternative output formats
37468 of your document without opening a new viewer window.
37471 \begin_layout Subsection
37473 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220487
37474 View Master Document
37477 \begin_layout Standard
37479 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220814
37480 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
37482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37486 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37497 manual for more information on this topic).
37498 This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
37499 That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
37504 generates the output of the whole book, while
37508 will just output the chapter alone.
37511 \begin_layout Standard
37513 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220854
37514 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
37515 in the preferences (see sec.
37516 \begin_inset space ~
37520 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37522 reference "sec:File-Formats"
37526 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
37527 \begin_inset space ~
37531 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37533 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
37540 \begin_layout Subsection
37542 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220878
37543 Update Master Document
37546 \begin_layout Standard
37548 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220947
37549 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
37551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37555 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37566 manual for more information on this topic).
37567 This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
37568 its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
37571 \begin_layout Standard
37573 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220879
37574 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
37575 in the preferences (see sec.
37576 \begin_inset space ~
37580 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37582 reference "sec:File-Formats"
37586 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
37587 \begin_inset space ~
37591 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37593 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
37600 \begin_layout Subsection
37604 \begin_layout Standard
37605 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
37606 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
37607 view the same document, but at different positions.
37608 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
37609 or more documents at the same time.
37610 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
37617 \begin_layout Subsection
37621 \begin_layout Standard
37622 Closes a split view.
37625 \begin_layout Subsection
37629 \begin_layout Standard
37630 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
37631 so that you will see nothing but your text.
37632 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
37633 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
37634 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
37637 \begin_layout Subsection
37639 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37641 name "sub:Toolbars"
37646 \begin_inset Index idx
37649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37658 \begin_layout Standard
37659 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
37660 All toolbars and the
37663 \begin_inset space ~
37668 can be turned on and off.
37673 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
37685 \begin_inset space ~
37694 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
37698 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
37705 \begin_layout Standard
37710 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
37714 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
37715 or when a certain feature is enabled.
37716 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
37717 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
37718 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
37721 \begin_layout Standard
37722 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
37723 \begin_inset space ~
37727 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37729 reference "sec:Toolbars"
37736 \begin_layout Section
37738 \begin_inset Index idx
37741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37750 \begin_layout Subsection
37754 \begin_layout Standard
37755 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
37756 \begin_inset space ~
37760 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37762 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
37773 \begin_layout Subsection
37775 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37777 name "sub:Special-Character"
37784 \begin_layout Standard
37785 Here you can insert the following characters:
37788 \begin_layout Description
37789 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
37790 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
37791 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
37792 \begin_inset Newline newline
37796 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
37799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37804 Not all characters will be visible in the
37808 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
37810 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37814 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37816 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
37820 ) can display every character.
37828 \begin_layout Description
37829 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
37833 \begin_layout Description
37835 \begin_inset space ~
37839 \begin_inset space ~
37842 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
37843 \begin_inset space ~
37847 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37849 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
37856 \begin_layout Description
37858 \begin_inset space ~
37861 Quote Inserts this quote:
37862 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37865 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
37867 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37877 \begin_layout Description
37879 \begin_inset space ~
37882 Quote Inserts this quote:
37883 \begin_inset Quotes els
37889 \begin_layout Description
37891 \begin_inset space ~
37894 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
37898 \begin_layout Description
37900 \begin_inset space ~
37903 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
37907 \begin_layout Description
37909 \begin_inset space ~
37912 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37916 \begin_layout Description
37918 \begin_inset space ~
37922 \begin_inset Index idx
37925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37932 \begin_inset Index idx
37935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37936 Language ! Phonetic symbols
37941 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
37942 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
37943 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
37948 \begin_inset Index idx
37951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37952 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
37958 \begin_inset Newline newline
37961 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
37965 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
37973 and this Wiki-page:
37974 \begin_inset Newline newline
37978 \begin_inset Flex URL
37981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37983 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
37991 \begin_layout Subsection
37995 \begin_layout Standard
37996 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
37999 \begin_layout Description
38000 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
38001 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
38007 \begin_layout Description
38008 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
38009 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
38015 \begin_layout Description
38017 \begin_inset space ~
38020 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
38021 \begin_inset space ~
38025 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38027 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
38034 \begin_layout Description
38036 \begin_inset space ~
38039 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
38040 \begin_inset space ~
38044 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38046 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
38053 \begin_layout Description
38055 \begin_inset space ~
38058 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
38059 \begin_inset space ~
38063 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38065 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
38072 \begin_layout Description
38074 \begin_inset space ~
38077 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
38078 \begin_inset space ~
38082 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38084 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
38091 \begin_layout Description
38093 \begin_inset space ~
38096 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
38097 \begin_inset space ~
38101 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38103 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
38110 \begin_layout Description
38112 \begin_inset space ~
38115 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
38116 \begin_inset space ~
38120 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38122 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
38129 \begin_layout Description
38131 \begin_inset space ~
38134 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
38135 \begin_inset space ~
38139 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38141 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
38148 \begin_layout Description
38150 \begin_inset space ~
38153 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
38154 \begin_inset space ~
38158 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38160 reference "sub:Ligatures"
38167 \begin_layout Description
38169 \begin_inset space ~
38173 \begin_inset space ~
38176 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
38177 \begin_inset space ~
38181 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38183 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
38190 \begin_layout Description
38192 \begin_inset space ~
38195 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
38196 text line to the page border, see section
38197 \begin_inset space ~
38201 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38203 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
38210 \begin_layout Description
38212 \begin_inset space ~
38215 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
38216 \begin_inset space ~
38220 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38222 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
38229 \begin_layout Description
38231 \begin_inset space ~
38234 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
38235 text page to the page border, described in section
38236 \begin_inset space ~
38240 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38242 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
38249 \begin_layout Description
38251 \begin_inset space ~
38254 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
38255 \begin_inset space ~
38259 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38261 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
38268 \begin_layout Description
38270 \begin_inset space ~
38274 \begin_inset space ~
38277 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
38278 \begin_inset space ~
38282 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38284 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
38291 \begin_layout Subsection
38295 \begin_layout Standard
38296 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
38297 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
38299 \begin_inset space ~
38303 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38305 reference "sec:toc"
38310 The index list is described in section
38311 \begin_inset space ~
38315 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38317 reference "sec:Index"
38321 , the nomenclature in section
38322 \begin_inset space ~
38326 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38328 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
38332 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
38333 \begin_inset space ~
38337 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38339 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
38346 \begin_layout Subsection
38350 \begin_layout Standard
38351 To insert floats, described in section
38352 \begin_inset space ~
38356 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38358 reference "sec:Floats"
38365 \begin_layout Subsection
38369 \begin_layout Standard
38370 To insert notes, described in section
38371 \begin_inset space ~
38375 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38377 reference "sec:Notes"
38384 \begin_layout Subsection
38388 \begin_layout Standard
38389 Inserts branch insets as described in section
38390 \begin_inset space ~
38394 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38396 reference "sec:Branches"
38403 \begin_layout Subsection
38407 \begin_layout Standard
38408 Inserts document class-specific insets.
38409 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
38411 An example is the document class
38412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38419 with three custom insets.
38422 Flex insets and InsetLayout
38428 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
38431 \begin_layout Subsection
38433 \begin_inset Index idx
38436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38445 \begin_layout Standard
38446 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
38447 files in your document.
38448 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
38459 \begin_layout Subsection
38461 \begin_inset Index idx
38464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38473 \begin_layout Standard
38474 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
38475 \begin_inset space ~
38479 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38481 reference "sec:Minipages"
38486 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
38497 \begin_layout Subsection
38501 \begin_layout Standard
38502 Inserts a citation as described in section
38503 \begin_inset space ~
38507 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38509 reference "sec:Bibliography"
38516 \begin_layout Subsection
38520 \begin_layout Standard
38521 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
38522 \begin_inset space ~
38526 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38528 reference "sec:Cross-References"
38535 \begin_layout Subsection
38539 \begin_layout Standard
38540 Inserts a label as described in section
38541 \begin_inset space ~
38545 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38547 reference "sec:Cross-References"
38554 \begin_layout Subsection
38556 \begin_inset Index idx
38559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38566 \begin_inset Index idx
38569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38570 Longtables ! Caption
38578 \begin_layout Standard
38579 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
38580 Floats are described in section
38581 \begin_inset space ~
38585 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38587 reference "sec:Floats"
38591 , captions in longtables are described in the section
38602 \begin_layout Subsection
38606 \begin_layout Standard
38607 Inserts an index entry as described in section
38608 \begin_inset space ~
38612 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38614 reference "sec:Index"
38621 \begin_layout Subsection
38625 \begin_layout Standard
38626 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
38627 \begin_inset space ~
38631 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38633 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
38640 \begin_layout Subsection
38644 \begin_layout Standard
38646 Tables are described in section
38647 \begin_inset space ~
38651 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38653 reference "sec:Tables"
38660 \begin_layout Subsection
38664 \begin_layout Standard
38666 Graphics are described in section
38667 \begin_inset space ~
38671 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38673 reference "sec:Graphics"
38680 \begin_layout Subsection
38684 \begin_layout Standard
38685 Inserts an URL as described in section
38686 \begin_inset space ~
38690 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38692 reference "sub:URLs"
38699 \begin_layout Subsection
38703 \begin_layout Standard
38704 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
38705 \begin_inset space ~
38709 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38711 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
38718 \begin_layout Subsection
38722 \begin_layout Standard
38723 Inserts a footnote, see section
38724 \begin_inset space ~
38728 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38730 reference "sec:Footnotes"
38737 \begin_layout Subsection
38741 \begin_layout Standard
38742 Inserts a marginal note, see section
38743 \begin_inset space ~
38747 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38749 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
38756 \begin_layout Subsection
38760 \begin_layout Standard
38761 Inserts a short title, see section
38762 \begin_inset space ~
38766 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38768 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
38775 \begin_layout Subsection
38779 \begin_layout Standard
38780 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
38781 \begin_inset space ~
38785 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38787 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
38794 \begin_layout Subsection
38796 \begin_inset Index idx
38799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38808 \begin_layout Standard
38809 Inserts a program listings box.
38810 Program listings are explained in the chapter
38812 Program Code Listings
38821 \begin_layout Subsection
38825 \begin_layout Standard
38826 Inserts the actual date.
38827 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
38829 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
38841 \begin_layout Section
38843 \begin_inset Index idx
38846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38855 \begin_layout Standard
38856 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
38857 \begin_inset space ~
38860 of the current document.
38861 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
38864 \begin_layout Subsection
38868 \begin_layout Standard
38869 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
38870 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
38872 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38876 \begin_inset space \space{}
38880 \begin_inset space ~
38884 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
38885 \begin_inset space ~
38888 2.5 and use the menu
38891 \begin_inset space ~
38895 \begin_inset space ~
38902 \begin_inset space ~
38908 \begin_inset space ~
38912 \begin_inset space ~
38918 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
38922 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
38928 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
38934 \begin_layout Standard
38935 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
38936 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
38939 \begin_layout Subsection
38940 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
38943 \begin_layout Standard
38944 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
38948 \begin_layout Subsection
38952 \begin_layout Standard
38953 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
38954 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
38955 on a cross-reference box.
38958 \begin_layout Section
38960 \begin_inset Index idx
38963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38972 \begin_layout Subsection
38976 \begin_layout Standard
38977 Change Tracking is described in section
38978 \begin_inset space ~
38982 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38984 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38991 \begin_layout Subsection
38996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39006 \begin_layout Standard
39007 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
39009 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
39012 \begin_layout Standard
39013 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
39018 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
39021 \begin_layout Subsection
39025 \begin_layout Standard
39026 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
39027 \begin_inset space ~
39031 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39033 reference "sec:Navigating"
39038 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39040 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
39047 \begin_layout Subsection
39048 Start Appendix Here
39051 \begin_layout Standard
39052 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
39053 position as described in section
39054 \begin_inset space ~
39058 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39060 reference "sec:Appendices"
39067 \begin_layout Subsection
39071 \begin_layout Standard
39072 Un/compresses the current document.
39075 \begin_layout Subsection
39079 \begin_layout Standard
39080 The document settings are described in appendix
39081 \begin_inset space ~
39085 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39087 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
39094 \begin_layout Section
39096 \begin_inset Index idx
39099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39108 \begin_layout Subsection
39112 \begin_layout Standard
39113 Spell checking is explained in section
39114 \begin_inset space ~
39118 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39120 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
39127 \begin_layout Subsection
39131 \begin_layout Standard
39132 The thesaurus is described in section
39133 \begin_inset space ~
39137 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39139 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
39146 \begin_layout Subsection
39148 \begin_inset Index idx
39151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39158 \begin_inset Index idx
39161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39170 \begin_layout Standard
39171 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
39172 highlighted document part.
39175 \begin_layout Subsection
39177 \begin_inset Index idx
39180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39189 \begin_layout Standard
39190 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
39193 \begin_layout Subsection
39195 \begin_inset Index idx
39198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39199 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
39203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39210 Reconfiguration of LyX
39214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39227 \begin_inset Index idx
39230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39231 Reconfiguration of LyX
39239 \begin_layout Standard
39240 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
39241 and needed programs it needs; see also section
39242 \begin_inset space ~
39246 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39248 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
39255 \begin_layout Subsection
39259 \begin_layout Standard
39260 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
39261 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39265 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39267 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
39274 \begin_layout Section
39276 \begin_inset Index idx
39279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39288 \begin_layout Standard
39289 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
39293 \begin_layout Standard
39297 \begin_inset space ~
39302 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
39303 found by LyX (see also section
39304 \begin_inset space ~
39308 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39310 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
39317 \begin_layout Section
39319 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39321 name "sec:Toolbars"
39328 \begin_layout Standard
39329 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
39330 \begin_inset space ~
39334 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39336 reference "sub:Toolbars"
39343 \begin_layout Standard
39344 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
39345 This is described in the
39347 Additional Features
39352 \begin_layout Subsection
39354 \begin_inset Index idx
39357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39366 \begin_layout Standard
39367 \begin_inset Graphics
39368 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
39376 \begin_layout Standard
39377 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39383 \begin_layout Standard
39384 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
39389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39401 \begin_inset Note Note
39404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39405 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
39410 manual for more information.
39418 \begin_layout Standard
39419 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39425 \begin_layout Standard
39426 \begin_inset Tabular
39427 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
39428 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
39429 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
39430 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
39432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39436 \begin_inset Graphics
39437 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
39447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39451 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
39464 \begin_layout Standard
39465 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
39471 \begin_layout Standard
39473 \begin_inset Tabular
39474 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
39475 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
39476 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39477 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39478 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39501 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39508 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39531 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39538 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39561 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39568 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39577 arg "dialog-show print"
39585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39591 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39598 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39607 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
39615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39621 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39628 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39651 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39658 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39681 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39688 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39711 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39718 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39741 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39748 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39771 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39778 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39787 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
39795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39801 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39803 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39807 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39816 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39825 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
39833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39839 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39840 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39847 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39868 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
39870 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39872 \begin_inset space ~
39883 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39904 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
39906 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39908 \begin_inset space ~
39919 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39928 arg "textstyle-apply"
39936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39940 Formats text using the current settings in the
39942 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39944 \begin_inset space ~
39955 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39978 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39979 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39981 \begin_inset space ~
39990 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39999 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
40007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40013 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40020 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40027 arg "tabular-insert"
40035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40041 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40048 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40057 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
40065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40069 Toggle outline window on/off,
40071 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40078 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40087 arg "toolbar-toggle math"
40095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40099 Toggle math toolbar on/off
40105 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40114 arg "toolbar-toggle table"
40122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40126 Toggle table toolbar on/off
40139 \begin_layout Subsection
40141 \begin_inset Index idx
40144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40153 \begin_layout Standard
40154 \begin_inset Graphics
40155 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
40163 \begin_layout Standard
40164 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40170 \begin_layout Standard
40171 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
40175 \begin_layout Standard
40176 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40182 \begin_layout Standard
40183 \begin_inset Tabular
40184 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
40185 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40186 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40187 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40188 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40215 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40224 arg "layout Enumerate"
40232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40242 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40251 arg "layout Itemize"
40259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40269 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40296 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40305 arg "layout Description"
40313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40323 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40332 arg "depth-increment"
40340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40346 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40348 \begin_inset space ~
40352 \begin_inset space ~
40361 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40370 arg "depth-decrement"
40378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40384 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40386 \begin_inset space ~
40390 \begin_inset space ~
40399 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40408 arg "float-insert figure"
40416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40422 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40423 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40430 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40439 arg "float-insert table"
40447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40453 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40454 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40461 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40484 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40491 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40500 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
40508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40514 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40521 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40530 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
40538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40544 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40551 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40574 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40576 \begin_inset space ~
40585 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40594 arg "nomencl-insert"
40602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40608 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40610 \begin_inset space ~
40619 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40628 arg "footnote-insert"
40636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40642 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40649 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40658 arg "marginalnote-insert"
40666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40672 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40674 \begin_inset space ~
40683 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40706 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40707 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40709 \begin_inset space ~
40718 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40727 arg "box-insert Frameless"
40735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40741 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40748 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40771 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40778 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40801 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40823 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40832 arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
40840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40846 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40847 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40854 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40863 arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
40871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40877 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40878 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40880 \begin_inset space ~
40889 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40898 arg "dialog-show character"
40906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40912 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40914 \begin_inset space ~
40923 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40932 arg "layout-paragraph"
40940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40946 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40948 \begin_inset space ~
40957 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40966 arg "thesaurus-entry"
40974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40980 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40994 \begin_layout Subsection
40995 View / Update Toolbar
40996 \begin_inset Index idx
40999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41000 Toolbar ! View / Update
41006 \change_inserted -712698321 1299491111
41010 \begin_layout Standard
41011 \begin_inset Graphics
41012 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
41019 \begin_layout Standard
41020 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41026 \begin_layout Standard
41027 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
41031 \begin_layout Standard
41032 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41038 \begin_layout Standard
41039 \begin_inset Tabular
41040 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
41041 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41042 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41043 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41044 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41067 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41069 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219015
41071 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219016
41080 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41089 arg "buffer-update"
41097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41103 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41105 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219034
41106 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
41115 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41124 arg "master-buffer-view"
41132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41138 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41140 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219081
41142 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219082
41151 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41160 arg "master-buffer-update"
41168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41174 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41176 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219101
41177 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
41179 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219102
41188 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41197 arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
41205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41210 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219324
41214 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219325
41217 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
41219 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219329
41221 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219342
41222 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41223 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41224 Synchronize with Output
41232 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41238 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219584
41239 \begin_inset Graphics
41240 filename ../images/view-others.png
41242 groupId toolbarbuttons
41249 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219431
41253 arg "buffer-update ps"
41263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41270 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219507
41271 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
41273 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219457
41274 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
41275 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41277 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219471
41278 View (Other Formats)
41286 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41292 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219587
41293 \begin_inset Graphics
41294 filename ../images/update-others.png
41296 groupId toolbarbuttons
41305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41310 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219513
41313 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41314 Update (Other Formats)
41325 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219552
41329 \begin_layout Standard
41331 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219630
41332 * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
41338 \begin_layout Subsection
41342 \begin_layout Standard
41343 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
41344 \begin_inset space ~
41348 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41350 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
41354 , the table toolbar
41355 \begin_inset Index idx
41358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41368 manual, the math macro toolbar
41369 \begin_inset Index idx
41372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41385 \begin_layout Chapter
41386 The Document Settings
41387 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41389 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
41394 \begin_inset Index idx
41397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41398 Document ! Settings
41406 \begin_layout Standard
41407 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
41408 whole document and is called with the menu
41410 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41414 You can save your document settings as default with th
41416 e Save as Document Defaults
41418 button in the dialog.
41419 This will create a template named
41423 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
41427 \begin_layout Standard
41428 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
41431 \begin_layout Section
41435 \begin_layout Standard
41436 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
41438 Document classes are described in section
41439 \begin_inset space ~
41443 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41445 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
41450 Some classes use some class options by default.
41451 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
41455 and you can decide to use them or not.
41456 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
41457 recommended not to touch them.
41458 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
41464 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
41465 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
41470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41471 When you want one of the following drivers
41472 \begin_inset Newline newline
41475 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
41476 \begin_inset Newline newline
41479 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
41480 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41484 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41486 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
41498 \begin_layout Standard
41499 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
41500 child or subdocument.
41501 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
41502 without its master.
41503 This way child documents are always compilable.
41504 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
41515 \begin_layout Section
41519 \begin_layout Standard
41520 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
41521 Please refer to the section
41529 manual for details.
41532 \begin_layout Section
41536 \begin_layout Standard
41537 Modules are explained in section
41538 \begin_inset space ~
41542 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41544 reference "sub:Modules"
41551 \begin_layout Section
41555 \begin_layout Standard
41556 The document font settings are described in section
41557 \begin_inset space ~
41561 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41563 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
41570 \begin_layout Section
41574 \begin_layout Standard
41575 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
41577 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
41581 \begin_layout Standard
41582 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
41583 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
41584 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
41587 \begin_layout Standard
41588 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
41596 \begin_layout Section
41600 \begin_layout Standard
41601 A description of this menu is given in section
41602 \begin_inset space ~
41606 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41608 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
41613 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41615 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
41622 \begin_layout Section
41626 \begin_layout Standard
41627 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
41628 \begin_inset space ~
41632 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41634 reference "sub:Margins"
41641 \begin_layout Section
41643 \begin_inset Index idx
41646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41647 Language ! Encoding
41655 \begin_layout Standard
41656 The document language and quote styles are set here.
41657 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
41658 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
41659 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
41660 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
41661 known for a particular character).
41665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41666 The known commands are defined in a text file.
41667 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
41672 manual for details.
41680 \begin_layout Standard
41681 If you use the option
41685 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
41686 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
41687 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
41688 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
41689 exactly one encoding.
41690 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
41693 \begin_layout Standard
41694 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
41695 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
41696 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
41697 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
41698 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
41699 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
41704 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
41705 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
41706 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
41707 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
41708 engines to standard LaTeX.
41709 Both engines support Unicode natively.
41710 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
41713 \begin_inset space ~
41720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41732 \begin_inset space ~
41739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41751 \begin_inset space ~
41757 \begin_inset space ~
41761 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41763 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
41767 ), so if the above options fail, you might try out one of these new engines.
41770 \begin_layout Standard
41771 Here is a list with the important encodings:
41774 \begin_layout Description
41776 \begin_inset space ~
41780 \begin_inset space ~
41784 \begin_inset space ~
41791 , but the LaTeX-package
41796 \begin_inset Index idx
41799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41800 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
41806 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
41807 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
41808 languages in TeX code.
41811 \begin_layout Description
41812 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
41813 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
41814 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
41817 \begin_layout Description
41819 \begin_inset space ~
41823 \begin_inset space ~
41826 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
41829 \begin_layout Description
41831 \begin_inset space ~
41835 \begin_inset space ~
41838 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
41841 \begin_layout Description
41843 \begin_inset space ~
41846 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
41849 \begin_layout Description
41851 \begin_inset space ~
41855 \begin_inset space ~
41858 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
41859 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
41862 \begin_layout Description
41864 \begin_inset space ~
41868 \begin_inset space ~
41871 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
41875 \begin_layout Description
41877 \begin_inset space ~
41881 \begin_inset space ~
41884 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
41885 ISO-8859-13 encoding
41888 \begin_layout Description
41890 \begin_inset space ~
41894 \begin_inset space ~
41898 \begin_inset space ~
41901 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
41902 \begin_inset space ~
41908 \begin_layout Description
41910 \begin_inset space ~
41914 \begin_inset space ~
41918 \begin_inset space ~
41921 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
41922 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
41925 \begin_layout Description
41927 \begin_inset space ~
41931 \begin_inset space ~
41934 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
41935 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
41936 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
41937 \begin_inset space ~
41941 \begin_inset space ~
41947 \begin_layout Description
41949 \begin_inset space ~
41953 \begin_inset space ~
41956 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
41957 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
41958 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
41959 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
41960 \begin_inset space ~
41964 \begin_inset space ~
41970 \begin_layout Description
41972 \begin_inset space ~
41976 \begin_inset space ~
41979 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
41982 \begin_layout Description
41984 \begin_inset space ~
41988 \begin_inset space ~
41991 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
41994 \begin_layout Description
41996 \begin_inset space ~
42000 \begin_inset space ~
42003 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
42006 \begin_layout Description
42008 \begin_inset space ~
42011 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
42014 \begin_layout Description
42016 \begin_inset space ~
42019 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
42022 \begin_layout Description
42024 \begin_inset space ~
42028 \begin_inset space ~
42031 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
42034 \begin_layout Description
42036 \begin_inset space ~
42040 \begin_inset space ~
42046 \begin_layout Description
42048 \begin_inset space ~
42052 \begin_inset space ~
42055 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
42058 \begin_layout Description
42060 \begin_inset space ~
42064 \begin_inset space ~
42070 \begin_layout Description
42072 \begin_inset space ~
42076 \begin_inset space ~
42079 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
42084 \begin_inset Index idx
42087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42088 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
42093 , when using this, set the document language to
42098 \begin_layout Description
42100 \begin_inset space ~
42104 \begin_inset space ~
42107 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
42111 , when using this, set the document language to
42114 \begin_inset space ~
42120 \begin_layout Description
42122 \begin_inset space ~
42126 \begin_inset space ~
42129 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
42134 \begin_inset Index idx
42137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42138 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
42143 , when using this, set the document language to
42148 \begin_layout Description
42150 \begin_inset space ~
42154 \begin_inset space ~
42157 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
42161 , when using this, set the document language to
42166 \begin_layout Description
42168 \begin_inset space ~
42172 \begin_inset space ~
42175 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
42179 , when using this, set the document language to
42184 \begin_layout Description
42186 \begin_inset space ~
42189 (EUC-KR) for Korean
42192 \begin_layout Description
42194 \begin_inset space ~
42198 \begin_inset space ~
42202 \begin_inset space ~
42205 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
42208 \begin_layout Description
42210 \begin_inset space ~
42214 \begin_inset space ~
42218 \begin_inset space ~
42221 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
42222 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
42223 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
42226 \begin_layout Description
42228 \begin_inset space ~
42232 \begin_inset space ~
42238 \begin_layout Description
42240 \begin_inset space ~
42244 \begin_inset space ~
42247 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
42248 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
42251 \begin_layout Description
42253 \begin_inset space ~
42257 \begin_inset space ~
42260 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
42265 \begin_inset Index idx
42268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42269 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
42274 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
42277 \begin_layout Description
42279 \begin_inset space ~
42283 \begin_inset space ~
42286 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
42294 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
42299 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
42301 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
42304 \begin_layout Description
42306 \begin_inset space ~
42310 \begin_inset space ~
42313 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
42318 \begin_inset Index idx
42321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42322 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
42327 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
42330 \begin_layout Description
42332 \begin_inset space ~
42335 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
42340 \begin_inset Index idx
42343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42344 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
42350 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
42354 \begin_layout Description
42356 \begin_inset space ~
42360 \begin_inset space ~
42364 \begin_inset space ~
42367 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
42368 \begin_inset space ~
42374 \begin_layout Description
42376 \begin_inset space ~
42380 \begin_inset space ~
42384 \begin_inset space ~
42387 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
42388 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
42389 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
42393 \begin_layout Description
42395 \begin_inset space ~
42399 \begin_inset space ~
42403 \begin_inset space ~
42406 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
42407 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
42408 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489919
42412 \begin_layout Standard
42414 \change_inserted -712698321 1299575911
42415 Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
42418 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42419 LatexCommand formatted
42420 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
42424 for more information on the language package.
42429 \begin_layout Section
42433 \begin_layout Standard
42434 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
42435 depth in the table of contents as described in section
42436 \begin_inset space ~
42440 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42442 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
42449 \begin_layout Section
42453 \begin_layout Standard
42454 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
42459 \begin_inset Index idx
42462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42463 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
42473 \begin_inset Index idx
42476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42477 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
42482 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
42487 \begin_inset Index idx
42490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42491 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
42496 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
42498 For a further description see section
42499 \begin_inset space ~
42503 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42505 reference "sec:Bibliography"
42512 \begin_layout Section
42516 \begin_layout Standard
42517 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
42518 and you can define additional indexes.
42519 Please refer to section
42520 \begin_inset space ~
42524 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42526 reference "sec:Index"
42533 \begin_layout Section
42537 \begin_layout Standard
42538 The PDF properties are explained in section
42539 \begin_inset space ~
42543 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42545 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
42552 \begin_layout Section
42556 \begin_layout Standard
42557 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
42562 \begin_inset Index idx
42565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42566 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
42576 \begin_inset Index idx
42579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42580 LaTeX-packages ! esint
42585 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
42588 \begin_layout Standard
42593 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
42594 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
42597 \begin_layout Standard
42602 is used for special integral characters.
42605 \begin_layout Section
42609 \begin_layout Standard
42610 The float placement options are described in section
42611 \begin_inset space ~
42615 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42617 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
42624 \begin_layout Section
42628 \begin_layout Standard
42629 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
42630 The itemize environment is described in section
42631 \begin_inset space ~
42635 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42637 reference "sec:Itemize"
42644 \begin_layout Section
42648 \begin_layout Standard
42649 Branches are described in section
42650 \begin_inset space ~
42654 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42656 reference "sec:Branches"
42661 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490648
42665 \begin_layout Section
42667 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490977
42669 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42671 name "sec:Doc-Output"
42678 \begin_layout Standard
42680 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490684
42681 Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
42684 \begin_layout Description
42686 \change_inserted -712698321 1299575868
42688 \begin_inset space ~
42692 \begin_inset space ~
42695 Format: The format that is used when you hit
42696 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42700 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42704 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42715 View Master Document
42716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42723 Update Master Document
42724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42731 menu or the toolbar.
42732 The default is set in
42734 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42735 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42739 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42740 LatexCommand formatted
42741 reference "sec:File-Formats"
42748 \begin_layout Description
42750 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490926
42752 \begin_inset space ~
42756 \begin_inset space ~
42760 \begin_inset Note Note
42763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42765 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490928
42776 \begin_layout Description
42778 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490931
42780 \begin_inset space ~
42784 \begin_inset space ~
42788 \begin_inset Note Note
42791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42793 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490933
42806 \begin_layout Section
42811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42821 \begin_layout Standard
42822 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
42823 to define LaTeX-commands.
42824 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
42825 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
42829 \begin_layout Standard
42830 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
42831 \begin_inset space ~
42835 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42837 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
42844 \begin_layout Chapter
42850 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42852 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
42857 \begin_inset Index idx
42860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42869 \begin_layout Standard
42870 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
42872 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42876 It has the following submenus.
42879 \begin_layout Section
42883 \begin_layout Subsection
42887 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42888 User Interface File
42889 \begin_inset Index idx
42892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42893 Customization ! of toolbars
42899 \begin_inset Index idx
42902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42903 Customization ! of menus
42911 \begin_layout Standard
42912 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42920 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
42929 \begin_layout Standard
42930 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
42931 interface (ui) file.
42932 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
42933 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
42942 Both files are loaded by the
42947 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
42948 files and edit the entries.
42951 \begin_layout Standard
42952 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
42964 entries must be ended with an explicit
42989 and in the case of the
42990 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42994 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43002 The syntax for the entries is:
43005 \begin_layout Standard
43006 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
43012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43020 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43024 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43028 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43034 \begin_layout Standard
43036 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
43039 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
43041 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43043 \begin_inset space ~
43051 \begin_layout Standard
43052 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
43058 \begin_layout Standard
43059 An example: Assuming you use the menu
43061 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43064 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
43068 \begin_layout Standard
43069 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
43075 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43083 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43093 \begin_layout Standard
43095 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
43098 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
43101 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43105 \begin_layout Standard
43108 Enable tool tips in main work area
43110 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
43114 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43118 \begin_layout Standard
43122 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43126 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43129 restoring of window layout and geometries
43131 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
43132 in the last LyX session.
43135 \begin_layout Standard
43138 Restore cursor positions
43140 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
43144 \begin_layout Standard
43147 Load opened files from last session
43149 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
43152 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43154 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43156 name "sub:Backup documents"
43161 \begin_inset Index idx
43164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43173 \begin_layout Standard
43178 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
43181 \begin_layout Standard
43186 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
43189 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43191 \begin_inset space ~
43199 \begin_layout Standard
43202 Open documents in tabs
43204 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
43208 \begin_layout Subsection
43210 \begin_inset Index idx
43213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43220 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43222 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
43229 \begin_layout Standard
43230 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
43233 \begin_layout Standard
43234 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43242 This section only deals with the fonts
43247 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
43250 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43251 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43262 \begin_layout Standard
43263 By default, LyX uses
43267 as roman (serif) font,
43275 (depends on the system) as
43278 \begin_inset space ~
43294 \begin_layout Standard
43295 You can change the font size with the
43300 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
43301 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
43304 \begin_layout Standard
43309 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
43310 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
43312 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43315 points have the size of 1
43316 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43320 \begin_inset space ~
43324 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43326 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
43333 \begin_layout Standard
43338 are the same as if a document font size of 10
43339 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43343 The sizes are explained in detail in section
43344 \begin_inset space ~
43348 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43350 reference "sub:Document-Font"
43357 \begin_layout Standard
43360 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
43362 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
43363 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
43364 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
43365 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
43367 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
43368 \begin_inset space ~
43374 \begin_layout Subsection
43376 \begin_inset Index idx
43379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43386 \begin_inset Index idx
43389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43398 \begin_layout Standard
43399 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
43400 Choose an item in the list and use the
43407 \begin_layout Subsection
43409 \begin_inset Index idx
43412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43421 \begin_layout Standard
43422 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
43425 \begin_layout Standard
43430 enables previewing snippets of your document.
43431 This feature is described in section
43432 \begin_inset space ~
43436 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43438 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
43445 \begin_layout Standard
43449 \begin_inset space ~
43453 \begin_inset space ~
43457 \begin_inset space ~
43462 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
43465 \begin_layout Section
43467 \begin_inset Index idx
43470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43479 \begin_layout Subsection
43483 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43487 \begin_layout Standard
43490 Cursor follows scrollbar
43492 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
43496 \begin_layout Standard
43499 Sort environments alphabetically
43501 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
43504 \begin_layout Standard
43507 Group environments by their category
43509 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
43512 \begin_layout Standard
43513 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
43525 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43529 \begin_layout Standard
43530 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
43535 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
43536 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
43540 \begin_layout Subsection
43542 \begin_inset Index idx
43545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43552 \begin_inset Index idx
43555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43556 Settings ! Shortcuts
43564 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43568 \begin_layout Standard
43569 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
43570 Several binding files are available:
43573 \begin_layout Description
43574 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
43577 \begin_layout Description
43578 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
43589 \begin_layout Description
43590 mac.bind set of bindings for
43593 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43601 \begin_layout Standard
43602 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
43606 , and bind files for special languages.
43607 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
43608 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43612 \begin_inset space \space{}
43616 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43620 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43624 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
43628 \begin_layout Standard
43629 Some bind-files, like
43633 , have only a small scope.
43634 When looking at the end of the file
43638 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
43641 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43643 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43645 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
43650 \begin_inset Index idx
43653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43654 Key Bindings ! Editing
43662 \begin_layout Standard
43663 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
43664 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
43665 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
43668 Show key-bindings containing
43671 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
43672 Insert there for example as keyword
43673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43680 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
43682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43686 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43690 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
43691 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
43695 that you will find in the
43702 \begin_layout Standard
43704 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43708 \begin_inset space \space{}
43719 , select the function and press the
43724 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
43725 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
43726 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
43727 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
43728 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
43730 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
43732 The binding for the function
43736 is an example of this.
43739 \begin_layout Standard
43740 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
43742 The syntax of the entries is:
43745 \begin_layout Standard
43751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43769 \begin_layout Subsection
43771 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43773 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
43778 \begin_inset Index idx
43781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43788 \begin_inset Index idx
43791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43792 Settings ! Keyboard Map
43800 \begin_layout Standard
43801 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
43802 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
43804 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43808 \begin_inset space \space{}
43811 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
43812 can use the keyboard map file named
43819 \begin_layout Standard
43820 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43828 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
43836 \begin_layout Standard
43837 Besides this, you can specify here the
43839 Wheel scrolling speed
43842 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
43846 \begin_layout Subsection
43848 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43850 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
43855 \begin_inset Index idx
43858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43867 \begin_layout Standard
43868 Input completion is described in sec.
43869 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43873 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43875 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
43880 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
43882 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
43883 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
43887 \begin_layout Section
43889 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43896 \begin_inset Index idx
43899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43906 \begin_inset Index idx
43909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43918 \begin_layout Description
43920 \begin_inset space ~
43923 directory This is LyX's working directory.
43924 It is the default when you
43935 \begin_inset space ~
43943 \begin_layout Description
43945 \begin_inset space ~
43948 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
43950 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43952 \begin_inset space ~
43956 \begin_inset space ~
43964 \begin_layout Description
43966 \begin_inset space ~
43969 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
43975 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43979 \begin_inset Newline newline
43983 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43995 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
44003 \begin_layout Description
44005 \begin_inset space ~
44009 \begin_inset Index idx
44012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44018 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
44019 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
44020 \begin_inset space ~
44024 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44026 reference "sub:Backup documents"
44034 will be used to save the backups.
44035 \begin_inset Newline newline
44038 The backup files have the ending
44039 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44043 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44049 \begin_layout Description
44054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44061 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
44062 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
44063 \begin_inset Newline newline
44067 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44075 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
44083 \begin_layout Description
44085 \begin_inset space ~
44088 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
44091 \begin_layout Description
44093 \begin_inset space ~
44096 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
44097 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
44098 to find it on the system.
44099 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
44100 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
44102 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44106 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44109 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
44110 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
44114 \begin_layout Section
44118 \begin_layout Standard
44119 Here you can insert your name and email address.
44120 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
44122 \begin_inset space ~
44126 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44128 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
44132 , to mark changes you make as yours.
44135 \begin_layout Section
44137 \begin_inset Index idx
44140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44141 Language ! Settings
44147 \begin_inset Index idx
44150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44151 Settings ! Language
44159 \begin_layout Subsection
44161 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489311
44163 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44165 name "sub:Prefs-Language"
44174 \begin_layout Description
44176 \begin_inset space ~
44180 \begin_inset space ~
44183 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
44184 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
44185 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
44186 You find the actual translation status here:
44187 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44189 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
44190 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
44197 \begin_layout Description
44199 \begin_inset space ~
44202 language is the language used in new documents
44205 \begin_layout Description
44207 \begin_inset space ~
44211 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488193
44213 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488196
44215 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488202
44216 LaTeX-command to load a
44217 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488203
44221 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488206
44223 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488206
44227 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488213
44229 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488217
44230 should be loaded to
44233 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488219
44237 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488496
44239 Language issues which are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
44240 as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
44241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44260 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488237
44261 default is the LaTeX-command
44268 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488356
44269 most widespread language
44272 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488356
44278 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488633
44281 , it's the default language package in classic LaTeX.
44282 However, more recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come
44283 with an alternative language package (
44287 ) that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
44288 Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
44290 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488271
44295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44296 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
44297 \begin_inset space ~
44301 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44303 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
44315 \begin_inset Newline newline
44319 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488707
44320 The available selections are:
44324 \begin_layout Itemize
44327 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488784
44336 Selects the most appropriate language package for the current typesetting
44340 \begin_layout Itemize
44343 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488874
44348 Uses always babel, even if another package (such as polyglossia) would have
44349 been preferred by automatic setting; this essentially allows to select
44350 babel instead of polyglossia with XeTeX and LuaTeX
44353 \begin_layout Itemize
44356 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488983
44361 Lets you load some other language package (via
44374 \begin_layout Itemize
44377 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488998
44382 Loads no language package at all
44383 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488523
44388 automatically translates in the background the text labels of documents
44389 to the document language.
44390 A text label is, for instance, the word
44391 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44395 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44398 at the beginning of every table caption.
44404 \begin_layout Description
44406 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489281
44408 \begin_inset space ~
44412 \begin_inset space ~
44415 Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
44419 \begin_layout Description
44421 \begin_inset space ~
44424 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
44425 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
44426 An example is the start command
44432 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
44437 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
44452 selectlanguage{$$lang}
44457 \begin_layout Description
44459 \begin_inset space ~
44467 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
44468 command toggles the package on and off.
44471 \begin_layout Description
44473 \change_deleted -712698321 1299489034
44475 \begin_inset space ~
44487 \begin_layout Description
44489 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489068
44491 \begin_inset space ~
44495 \begin_inset space ~
44499 \change_deleted -712698321 1299489066
44501 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489071
44505 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489073
44508 When this option is set, the languages used in the document will be added
44509 as options to the document class options, so that they can be used by all
44511 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
44518 \begin_layout Description
44520 \begin_inset space ~
44523 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
44525 When this option is not set, the
44528 \begin_inset space ~
44533 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
44534 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
44537 \begin_inset space ~
44545 \begin_layout Description
44547 \begin_inset space ~
44553 \begin_inset space ~
44559 When it is not set, the
44562 \begin_inset space ~
44567 is set to the end of the document.
44570 \begin_layout Description
44572 \begin_inset space ~
44576 \begin_inset space ~
44579 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
44580 language will be underlined blue.
44583 \begin_layout Description
44585 \begin_inset space ~
44589 \begin_inset space ~
44592 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
44593 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
44596 \begin_layout Description
44598 \begin_inset space ~
44601 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
44602 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
44603 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
44604 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
44607 \begin_layout Subsection
44611 \begin_layout Standard
44612 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
44613 \begin_inset space ~
44617 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44619 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
44626 \begin_layout Section
44630 \begin_layout Subsection
44632 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44639 \begin_inset Index idx
44642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44649 \begin_inset Index idx
44652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44661 \begin_layout Description
44663 \begin_inset space ~
44666 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
44667 The name will be used when the
44672 \begin_inset Newline newline
44676 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44684 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
44692 \begin_layout Description
44694 \begin_inset space ~
44698 \begin_inset space ~
44702 \begin_inset space ~
44705 printer This option works only for the
44710 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44722 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
44723 This is an option only for dvips experts.
44726 \begin_layout Description
44728 \begin_inset space ~
44731 command is the command LyX
44732 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44736 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44739 LaTeX uses for printing.
44740 The default is on most systems
44747 \begin_layout Description
44749 \begin_inset space ~
44753 \begin_inset space ~
44756 Options Here you can specify printer options.
44757 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
44758 of the program that provides the
44765 \begin_layout Subsection
44767 \begin_inset Index idx
44770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44777 \begin_inset Index idx
44780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44781 Settings ! Date format
44789 \begin_layout Standard
44790 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
44791 \begin_inset Newline newline
44795 \begin_inset Flex URL
44798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44800 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
44806 \begin_inset Newline newline
44809 For example the format
44810 \begin_inset Newline newline
44814 \begin_inset Newline newline
44817 prints the date as day/month/year.
44820 \begin_layout Subsection
44824 \begin_layout Description
44826 \begin_inset space ~
44830 \begin_inset space ~
44833 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
44836 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44837 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44839 \begin_inset space ~
44845 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
44849 \begin_layout Description
44851 \begin_inset space ~
44854 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
44859 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
44860 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
44863 \begin_layout Subsection
44868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44876 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44878 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
44883 \begin_inset Index idx
44886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44895 \begin_layout Description
44897 \begin_inset space ~
44904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44912 \begin_inset space ~
44916 \begin_inset space ~
44919 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
44924 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
44946 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
44947 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44955 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44959 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
44960 LyX sets up in the background.
44961 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
44964 \begin_layout Description
44966 \begin_inset space ~
44970 \begin_inset space ~
44973 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
44978 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
44981 \begin_layout Standard
44982 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
44983 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
44984 manuals of the applications.
44985 Currently the following commands can be set:
44988 \begin_layout Description
44993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45001 \begin_inset space ~
45004 command Command for the program
45008 that is described in the section
45014 Additional Features
45019 \begin_layout Description
45024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45032 \begin_inset space ~
45035 command Command for the program
45039 that generates the bibliography, see section
45040 \begin_inset space ~
45044 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45046 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
45053 \begin_layout Description
45055 \begin_inset space ~
45058 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
45059 \begin_inset space ~
45063 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45065 reference "sub:Index-Program"
45072 \begin_layout Description
45074 \begin_inset space ~
45077 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
45078 \begin_inset space ~
45082 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45084 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
45091 \begin_layout Description
45093 \begin_inset space ~
45097 \begin_inset space ~
45101 \begin_inset space ~
45105 \begin_inset space ~
45108 options They only have an effect when the program
45112 is used as DVI-viewer.
45115 \begin_layout Standard
45116 There are additionally the following options:
45119 \begin_layout Description
45121 \begin_inset space ~
45125 \begin_inset space ~
45129 \begin_inset space ~
45133 \begin_inset space ~
45137 \begin_inset space ~
45140 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
45141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45158 to separate folders.
45159 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
45160 \begin_inset Index idx
45163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45170 \begin_inset Index idx
45173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45182 \begin_layout Description
45184 \begin_inset space ~
45188 \begin_inset space ~
45192 \begin_inset space ~
45196 \begin_inset space ~
45200 \begin_inset space ~
45204 \begin_inset space ~
45207 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
45209 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45212 dialog when changing the document class.
45215 \begin_layout Section
45217 \begin_inset space ~
45221 \begin_inset Index idx
45224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45233 \begin_layout Subsection
45235 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45237 name "sub:Converters"
45242 \begin_inset Index idx
45245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45254 \begin_layout Standard
45255 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
45256 from one format to another.
45257 You can modify them or create new ones.
45258 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
45265 \begin_inset space ~
45275 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
45279 \begin_inset space ~
45284 drop-down list, modify the
45288 field, and press the
45295 \begin_layout Standard
45298 Converter File Cache
45300 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
45303 Maximum Age (in days
45306 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
45307 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
45310 \begin_layout Standard
45311 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
45312 the converter definition, is described in the section
45323 \begin_layout Subsection
45325 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45327 name "sec:File-Formats"
45332 \begin_inset Index idx
45335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45342 \begin_inset Index idx
45345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45354 \begin_layout Standard
45355 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
45356 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
45358 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490494
45362 \begin_layout Standard
45364 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490573
45365 Furthermore, you can define the
45366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45369 Default output format
45370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45373 that is used when you hit
45374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45378 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45390 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45393 View Master Document
45394 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45401 Update Master Document
45402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45405 in the Edit menu or the toolbar.
45410 \begin_layout Standard
45411 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
45412 is described in the section
45423 \begin_layout Standard
45424 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
45425 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
45426 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
45427 This is done by specifying a
45432 More about this is described in the section
45443 \begin_layout Chapter
45444 Units available in LyX
45445 \begin_inset Index idx
45448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45455 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45457 name "cha:Units-available-in"
45464 \begin_layout Standard
45465 To understand the units described in this documentation,
45466 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45468 reference "cap:Units"
45472 explains all units available in LyX.
45475 \begin_layout Standard
45476 \begin_inset Float table
45482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45483 \begin_inset Caption
45485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45486 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45501 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
45507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45509 \begin_inset Tabular
45510 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
45511 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
45512 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
45513 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
45515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45609 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45613 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45637 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45641 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45664 scaled point (65536
45665 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45669 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45693 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45697 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45721 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45725 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
45729 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45753 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45757 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45780 % of original image width
45787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45969 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45973 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45994 \begin_layout Chapter
45996 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46005 \begin_layout Standard
46006 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
46007 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
46010 \begin_layout Itemize
46013 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
46016 \begin_layout Itemize
46022 \begin_layout Itemize
46028 \begin_layout Itemize
46034 \begin_layout Itemize
46040 \begin_layout Itemize
46046 \begin_layout Itemize
46052 \begin_layout Itemize
46058 \begin_layout Itemize
46061 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
46064 \begin_layout Itemize
46070 \begin_layout Itemize
46076 \begin_layout Itemize
46082 \begin_layout Itemize
46088 \begin_layout Itemize
46094 \begin_layout Itemize
46100 \begin_layout Itemize
46106 \begin_layout Itemize
46112 \begin_layout Itemize
46114 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
46123 \begin_layout Standard
46124 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
46127 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
46134 \begin_layout Bibliography
46135 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46136 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46137 LatexCommand bibitem
46144 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46147 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
46152 \begin_inset Newline newline
46156 \begin_inset Flex URL
46159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46161 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
46169 \begin_layout Bibliography
46170 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46171 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46172 LatexCommand bibitem
46173 key "latexcompanion"
46177 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
46179 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
46182 Addison-Wesley, 2004
46185 \begin_layout Bibliography
46186 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46187 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46188 LatexCommand bibitem
46193 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
46196 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
46199 Addison-Wesley, 2003
46202 \begin_layout Bibliography
46203 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46204 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46205 LatexCommand bibitem
46212 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
46215 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
46218 \begin_layout Bibliography
46219 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46220 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46221 LatexCommand bibitem
46233 Addison-Wesley, 1984
46236 \begin_layout Bibliography
46237 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46238 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46239 LatexCommand bibitem
46245 \begin_inset Newline newline
46249 \begin_inset Flex URL
46252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46254 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
46262 \begin_layout Bibliography
46263 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46264 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46265 LatexCommand bibitem
46271 \begin_inset Newline newline
46275 \begin_inset Flex URL
46278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46280 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
46288 \begin_layout Bibliography
46289 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46290 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46291 LatexCommand bibitem
46297 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46299 name "Documentation"
46300 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
46309 \begin_inset Newline newline
46313 \begin_inset Flex URL
46316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46318 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
46326 \begin_layout Bibliography
46327 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46328 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46329 LatexCommand bibitem
46335 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46337 name "Documentation"
46338 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
46342 how to use the program
46347 \begin_inset Newline newline
46351 \begin_inset Flex URL
46354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46356 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
46364 \begin_layout Bibliography
46365 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46366 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46367 LatexCommand bibitem
46373 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46375 name "Documentation"
46376 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
46385 \begin_inset Newline newline
46389 \begin_inset Flex URL
46392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46394 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
46402 \begin_layout Bibliography
46403 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46404 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46405 LatexCommand bibitem
46411 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46413 name "Documentation"
46414 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
46423 \begin_inset Newline newline
46427 \begin_inset Flex URL
46430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46432 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
46440 \begin_layout Bibliography
46441 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46442 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46443 LatexCommand bibitem
46449 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46451 name "Documentation"
46452 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
46456 of the LaTeX-package
46461 \begin_inset Index idx
46464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46465 LaTeX-packages ! caption
46471 \begin_inset Newline newline
46475 \begin_inset Flex URL
46478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46480 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
46488 \begin_layout Bibliography
46489 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46490 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46491 LatexCommand bibitem
46497 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46499 name "Documentation"
46500 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
46504 of the LaTeX-package
46509 \begin_inset Index idx
46512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46513 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
46519 \begin_inset Newline newline
46523 \begin_inset Flex URL
46526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46528 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
46536 \begin_layout Bibliography
46537 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46538 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46539 LatexCommand bibitem
46547 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46549 name "Documentation"
46550 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
46556 of the LaTeX-package
46561 \begin_inset Index idx
46564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46565 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
46571 \begin_inset Newline newline
46575 \begin_inset Flex URL
46578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46580 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
46588 \begin_layout Bibliography
46589 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46590 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46591 LatexCommand bibitem
46597 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46599 name "Documentation"
46600 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
46604 of the LaTeX-package
46609 \begin_inset Index idx
46612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46613 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
46619 \begin_inset Newline newline
46623 \begin_inset Flex URL
46626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46628 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
46636 \begin_layout Bibliography
46637 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46638 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46639 LatexCommand bibitem
46645 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46647 name "Documentation"
46648 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
46652 of the LaTeX-package
46657 \begin_inset Index idx
46660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46661 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
46667 \begin_inset Newline newline
46671 \begin_inset Flex URL
46674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46676 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
46684 \begin_layout Bibliography
46685 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46686 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46687 LatexCommand bibitem
46693 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46695 name "Documentation"
46696 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
46700 of the LaTeX-package
46705 \begin_inset Index idx
46708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46709 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
46715 \begin_inset Newline newline
46719 \begin_inset Flex URL
46722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46724 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
46732 \begin_layout Bibliography
46733 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46734 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46735 LatexCommand bibitem
46741 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46744 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
46748 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
46749 \begin_inset Newline newline
46753 \begin_inset Flex URL
46756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46758 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
46766 \begin_layout Bibliography
46767 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46768 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46769 LatexCommand bibitem
46775 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46778 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
46782 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
46783 \begin_inset Newline newline
46787 \begin_inset Flex URL
46790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46792 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
46800 \begin_layout Bibliography
46801 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46802 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46803 LatexCommand bibitem
46809 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46812 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
46816 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
46817 \begin_inset Newline newline
46821 \begin_inset Flex URL
46824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46826 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
46834 \begin_layout Bibliography
46835 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46836 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46837 LatexCommand bibitem
46843 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46846 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
46850 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
46851 \begin_inset Newline newline
46855 \begin_inset Flex URL
46858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46860 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
46868 \begin_layout Bibliography
46869 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46870 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46871 LatexCommand bibitem
46877 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46880 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
46884 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
46885 \begin_inset Newline newline
46889 \begin_inset Flex URL
46892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46894 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
46902 \begin_layout Bibliography
46903 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46904 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46905 LatexCommand bibitem
46911 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46914 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
46918 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
46919 \begin_inset Newline newline
46923 \begin_inset Flex URL
46926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46928 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
46936 \begin_layout Bibliography
46937 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46938 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46939 LatexCommand bibitem
46945 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46948 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
46952 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
46953 \begin_inset Newline newline
46957 \begin_inset Flex URL
46960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46962 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
46970 \begin_layout Bibliography
46971 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46972 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46973 LatexCommand bibitem
46979 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46982 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
46986 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
46987 \begin_inset Newline newline
46991 \begin_inset Flex URL
46994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46996 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
47004 \begin_layout Bibliography
47005 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47006 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47007 LatexCommand bibitem
47013 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47016 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
47020 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
47021 \begin_inset Newline newline
47025 \begin_inset Flex URL
47028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47030 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
47038 \begin_layout Bibliography
47039 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47040 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47041 LatexCommand bibitem
47047 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47050 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
47054 about new features in
47059 \begin_inset Newline newline
47063 \begin_inset Flex URL
47066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47068 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
47076 \begin_layout Standard
47077 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
47084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47111 \begin_inset Note Note
47114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47121 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
47122 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
47123 bibliography is the second one:
47131 \begin_layout Standard
47132 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
47133 LatexCommand bibtex
47134 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
47135 options "biblio/alphadin"
47142 \begin_layout Standard
47143 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
47146 \begin_layout Standard
47147 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
47148 LatexCommand printnomenclature
47154 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
47155 LatexCommand printindex